Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

as+has+been+said+above

Толкование Перевод

41 ser

m.

1 being (ente).

ser humano human being

los seres vivos living things

2 ens.

v.

1 to be (to be in some place or situation, to originate in, to belong to, to pertain, to exist really).

fue aquí it was here

lo importante es decidirse the important thing is to reach a decision

ser de to be made of; (estar hecho de) to be from; (provenir de) to belong to; (ser propiedad de) to be a member of (formar parte de)

¿de dónde eres? where are you from?

los juguetes son de mi hijo the toys are my son's

es alto/gracioso he is tall/funny

es azul/difícil it's blue/difficult

es un amigo/el dueño he is a friend/the owner

Yo soy buena I am good.

2 to be (to be worth, quantity).

¿cuánto es? how much is it?

son 300 pesos that'll be 300 pesos

¿qué (día) es hoy? what day is it today?, what's today?

mañana será 15 de julio tomorrow (it) will be 15 July

¿qué hora es? what time is it?, what's the time?

son las tres (de la tarde) it's three o'clock (in the afternoon), it's three (pm)

3 to be (joined to nouns which signify employment or occupation).

soy abogado/actriz I'm a lawyer/an actress

son estudiantes they're students

4 to be (to happen, to occur, to fall out).

es muy tarde it's rather late

era de noche/de día it was night/day

5 to be (auxiliary verb, by which the passive is formed).

fue visto por un testigo he was seen by a witness

6 to exist, to live.

7 to be for.

Me es muy fácil aprender español It is very easy for me to learn Spanish.

* * *

SER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

soy, eres, es, somos, sois, son.

Imperfect Subjunctive

era, eras, era, éramos, erais, eran.

Past Indicative

fui, fuiste, fue, fuimos, fuisteis, fueron.

Future Indicative

seré, serás, será, seremos, seréis, serán.

Conditional

sería, serías, sería, seríamos, seríais, serían.

Present Subjunctive

sea, seas, sea, seamos, seáis, sean.

Imperfect Subjunctive

fuera, fueras, fuera, fuéramos, fuerais, fueran;

fuese, fueses, fuese, fuésemos, fueseis, fuesen.

Future Subjunctive

fuere, fueres, fuere, fuéremos, fuereis, fueren.

Imperative

sé (tú), sea (él/Vd.), seamos (nos.), sed (vos.), sean (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

sido.

\

\

————————

SER

► abreviatura

1 RADIO ( Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión) Spanish private broadcasting company

* * *
1. verb
to be

- ser de
2. noun m.
being

* * *

SF ABR Esp
= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión radio network
* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) to be

[ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1]

es bajo — he's short

es muy callada — she's very quiet

mi padre es calvo — my father's bald

es sorda de nacimiento — she was born deaf

es inglés/rubio/católico — he's English/fair/(a) Catholic

era cierto/posible — it was true/possible

sé bueno, estáte quieto — be a good boy and keep still

que seas muy feliz — I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc)

para serte sincero — to be honest with you, to tell you the truth

siempre le he sido fiel — I've always been faithful to her; ver tb verbo intransitivo I 5

¿éste es o se hace?/¿tú eres o te haces? — (AmL fam) is he/are you stupid or something? (colloq)

2) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

el mayor es casado/divorciado — the oldest is married/divorced

es viuda — she's a widow; ver tb estar I 3)

3) (seguido de nombre, pronombre, sintagma nominal) to be

soy peluquera/abogada — I'm a hairdresser/a lawyer

es madre de dos niños — she's a mother of two

ábreme, soy Mariano/yo — open the door, it's Mariano/it's me

el que fuera presidente — the former president

años más tarde sería mi asistente — years later she would become my assistant

por ser usted, haremos una excepción — for you o since it's you, we'll make an exception

dame cualquiera que no sea ése — give me any one except o but that one

ya no soy lo que era — I'm not what I used to be

4) (con predicado introducido por `de')

esos zapatos son de plástico — those shoes are (made of) plastic

soy de Córdoba — I'm from Cordoba

es de los vecinos — it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'

este libro no es de aquí — this book doesn't go o belong here

ésa es de las que... — she's one of those people who..., she's the sort of person who...

ser de lo que no hay — (fam) to be incredible (colloq)

5) (hipótesis, futuro)

será un error — it must be a mistake

¿será cierto? — can it be true?

pero será animal! — he must be a complete idiot
2.
ser vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos)

érase una vez... — once upon a time there was...

2)

a) (tener lugar, ocurrir)

la fiesta va a ser en su casa — the party is going to be (held) at her house

¿dónde fue el accidente? — where did the accident happen?

el asunto fue así... — it happened like this...

b) ( en preguntas)

ser de algo/alguien: ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him; ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? — what will become of us?

3) ( sumar)

¿cuánto es (todo)? — how much is that (altogether)?

son 3.000 pesos — that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos

cuatro y cuatro son ocho — four and four are o make eight

somos diez en total — there are ten of us altogether

4) (causar, significar) to be

aquello fue su ruina — that was his downfall

5) ( resultar)

me va a ser imposible venir — I'm not going to be able to come

me fue muy difícil entenderlo — I found it very difficult to understand

6) ( consistir en) to be

lo importante es participar — the important o main thing is to take part

7) (indicando finalidad, adecuación)

ser para algo — to be for something

este agua es para beber — this water is for drinking

este traje no es para usarlo mucho — this suit is not for frequent wear

Sentido II

8) ( usado para enfatizar)

así es como queda mejor — like that it looks best

fue aquí donde lo vi — this is where I saw him, it was here that I saw him

era él el que quería — he was the one who wanted to

fueron los bancos los que se beneficiaron — it was the banks that benefited

fui yo quien or la que lo dije fui yo quien or la que lo dijo — I was the one who said it, it was me that said it

9)

es que...: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; díselo, si es que te atreves — tell him, if you dare

10)

lo que es... — (fam)

lo que es yo, no pienso hablarle más — I certainly have no intention of speaking to him again

lo que es saber idiomas! — it sure is something to be able to speak languages! (AmE), what it is to be able to speak languages! (BrE)

11) (en locs)

a no ser que — (+ subj) unless

como debe ser: ¿ves como me acordé? - como debe ser! see, I did remember- I should think so too!; los presentó uno por uno, como debe ser she introduced them one by one, as you should; ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; como ser (CS) such as; de no ser así (frml) should this not be the case (frml); de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); de no ser por...: de no ser por él,... if it hadn't been o if it weren't for him,...; eso es! that's it!, that's right!; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; tú pagas tus mil pesos o lo que sea... you pay your thousand pesos or whatever...; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes o anything; no sea que or no vaya a ser que (+ subj) in case; cierra la ventana, no sea or no vaya a ser que llueva close the window in case it rains; ten cuidado, no sea or no vaya a ser que lo eches todo a perder be careful or you'll ruin everything; o sea: los empleados de más antigüedad, o sea los que llevan aquí más de... longer serving employees, that is to say those who have been here more than...; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea..., (ya) sea... either..., or...; (ya) sea por caridad, (ya) sea por otra razón,... whether he did it out of charity or for some other reason,...; sea como sea: hay que impedirlo, sea como sea it must be prevented now matter how o at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea quien sea le dices que no estoy whoever it is, tell them I'm not in; si no fuera/hubiera sido por... — if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for...

Sentido III

12) ( en el tiempo) to be

¿qué fecha es hoy? — what's the date today?, what's today's date

¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

es miércoles — it's Wednesday

serían las cuatro cuando llegó — it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb verbo impersonal
3.
ser v impers to be

era primavera — it was spring(time)

es demasiado tarde para llamar — it's too late to phone
4.
ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva)

ser + pp — to be + pp

fue construido en 1900 — it was built in 1900
II
masculino

1)

a) ( ente) being

seres sobrenaturales — supernatural beings

b) (individuo, persona)

un ser querido — a loved one

un ser muy especial — a very special person

- ser humano/vivo

2)

a) ( naturaleza)

desde lo más profundo de mi ser — from the bottom of my heart

b) ( carácter esencial) essence

3) (Fil) being

la mujer que te dio el ser — the woman who brought you into this world

* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) to be

[ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1]

es bajo — he's short

es muy callada — she's very quiet

mi padre es calvo — my father's bald

es sorda de nacimiento — she was born deaf

es inglés/rubio/católico — he's English/fair/(a) Catholic

era cierto/posible — it was true/possible

sé bueno, estáte quieto — be a good boy and keep still

que seas muy feliz — I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc)

para serte sincero — to be honest with you, to tell you the truth

siempre le he sido fiel — I've always been faithful to her; ver tb verbo intransitivo I 5

¿éste es o se hace?/¿tú eres o te haces? — (AmL fam) is he/are you stupid or something? (colloq)

2) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

el mayor es casado/divorciado — the oldest is married/divorced

es viuda — she's a widow; ver tb estar I 3)

3) (seguido de nombre, pronombre, sintagma nominal) to be

soy peluquera/abogada — I'm a hairdresser/a lawyer

es madre de dos niños — she's a mother of two

ábreme, soy Mariano/yo — open the door, it's Mariano/it's me

el que fuera presidente — the former president

años más tarde sería mi asistente — years later she would become my assistant

por ser usted, haremos una excepción — for you o since it's you, we'll make an exception

dame cualquiera que no sea ése — give me any one except o but that one

ya no soy lo que era — I'm not what I used to be

4) (con predicado introducido por `de')

esos zapatos son de plástico — those shoes are (made of) plastic

soy de Córdoba — I'm from Cordoba

es de los vecinos — it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'

este libro no es de aquí — this book doesn't go o belong here

ésa es de las que... — she's one of those people who..., she's the sort of person who...

ser de lo que no hay — (fam) to be incredible (colloq)

5) (hipótesis, futuro)

será un error — it must be a mistake

¿será cierto? — can it be true?

pero será animal! — he must be a complete idiot
2.
ser vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos)

érase una vez... — once upon a time there was...

2)

a) (tener lugar, ocurrir)

la fiesta va a ser en su casa — the party is going to be (held) at her house

¿dónde fue el accidente? — where did the accident happen?

el asunto fue así... — it happened like this...

b) ( en preguntas)

ser de algo/alguien: ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him; ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? — what will become of us?

3) ( sumar)

¿cuánto es (todo)? — how much is that (altogether)?

son 3.000 pesos — that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos

cuatro y cuatro son ocho — four and four are o make eight

somos diez en total — there are ten of us altogether

4) (causar, significar) to be

aquello fue su ruina — that was his downfall

5) ( resultar)

me va a ser imposible venir — I'm not going to be able to come

me fue muy difícil entenderlo — I found it very difficult to understand

6) ( consistir en) to be

lo importante es participar — the important o main thing is to take part

7) (indicando finalidad, adecuación)

ser para algo — to be for something

este agua es para beber — this water is for drinking

este traje no es para usarlo mucho — this suit is not for frequent wear

Sentido II

8) ( usado para enfatizar)

así es como queda mejor — like that it looks best

fue aquí donde lo vi — this is where I saw him, it was here that I saw him

era él el que quería — he was the one who wanted to

fueron los bancos los que se beneficiaron — it was the banks that benefited

fui yo quien or la que lo dije fui yo quien or la que lo dijo — I was the one who said it, it was me that said it

9)

es que...: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; díselo, si es que te atreves — tell him, if you dare

10)

lo que es... — (fam)

lo que es yo, no pienso hablarle más — I certainly have no intention of speaking to him again

lo que es saber idiomas! — it sure is something to be able to speak languages! (AmE), what it is to be able to speak languages! (BrE)

11) (en locs)

a no ser que — (+ subj) unless

como debe ser: ¿ves como me acordé? - como debe ser! see, I did remember- I should think so too!; los presentó uno por uno, como debe ser she introduced them one by one, as you should; ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; como ser (CS) such as; de no ser así (frml) should this not be the case (frml); de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); de no ser por...: de no ser por él,... if it hadn't been o if it weren't for him,...; eso es! that's it!, that's right!; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; tú pagas tus mil pesos o lo que sea... you pay your thousand pesos or whatever...; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes o anything; no sea que or no vaya a ser que (+ subj) in case; cierra la ventana, no sea or no vaya a ser que llueva close the window in case it rains; ten cuidado, no sea or no vaya a ser que lo eches todo a perder be careful or you'll ruin everything; o sea: los empleados de más antigüedad, o sea los que llevan aquí más de... longer serving employees, that is to say those who have been here more than...; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea..., (ya) sea... either..., or...; (ya) sea por caridad, (ya) sea por otra razón,... whether he did it out of charity or for some other reason,...; sea como sea: hay que impedirlo, sea como sea it must be prevented now matter how o at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea quien sea le dices que no estoy whoever it is, tell them I'm not in; si no fuera/hubiera sido por... — if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for...

Sentido III

12) ( en el tiempo) to be

¿qué fecha es hoy? — what's the date today?, what's today's date

¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

es miércoles — it's Wednesday

serían las cuatro cuando llegó — it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb verbo impersonal
3.
ser v impers to be

era primavera — it was spring(time)

es demasiado tarde para llamar — it's too late to phone
4.
ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva)

ser + pp — to be + pp

fue construido en 1900 — it was built in 1900
II
masculino

1)

a) ( ente) being

seres sobrenaturales — supernatural beings

b) (individuo, persona)

un ser querido — a loved one

un ser muy especial — a very special person

- ser humano/vivo

2)

a) ( naturaleza)

desde lo más profundo de mi ser — from the bottom of my heart

b) ( carácter esencial) essence

3) (Fil) being

la mujer que te dio el ser — the woman who brought you into this world

* * *

ser¹

¹ = being, creature.

Ex: A feeling of unshielded relief filled Pope's whole being.

Ex: Stories that lead to doing things are all the more attractive to children, who are active rather than passive creatures.

* abducción por seres extraterrestres = alien abduction.

* alimentación del ser humano = human nutrition.

* llegada de seres extraterrestres = alien visitation.

* nutrición del ser humano = human nutrition.

* ser consecuente con Uno mismo = be true to + Reflexivo.

* ser extraterrestre = alien creature.

* ser fiel con Uno mismo = be true to + Reflexivo.

* ser humano = human being, human, human person.

* ser inteligente = intelligent being.

* ser pensante = sentient being.

* ser superior = supreme being, higher being, superior being.

* ser supremo = supreme being.

* ser todo un éxito = hit + a home run, knock it out of + the park.

* ser vivo = living being, sentient being.

* todo ser humano = every living soul.

* tráfico de seres humanos = trafficking in human beings.

* trata de seres humanos = trafficking in human beings.

ser²

² = be, take + the form of, stand as.

Ex: Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

Ex: Hierarchical relationships may also take the form of co-ordinate relationships, in which case they may be represented by 'RT' or related term, in a similar manner to affinitive relationships below.

Ex: Meantime, our new library stand as as a confident symbol of the importance of ALL librarires to the nation's cultural, educational and economic success.

* anhelar ser = ache to be.

* a no ser que = unless.

* así es = that's how it is.

* así sea = amen.

* así son las cosas = that's they way things are.

* centrado en el ser humano = anthropocentric.

* clonación del ser humano = human cloning.

* como es el caso de = as it is with.

* cómo + ser = what + be like.

* conseguir ser el centro de atención = capture + spotlight.

* continuar siendo importante = remain + big.

* crearse el prestigio de ser = establish + a record as.

* cualquiera que fuere = any... whatsoever.

* cualquiera que fuese = any... whatsoever.

* cualquiera que sea + Nombre = whichever + Nombre.

* debilidad del ser humano = mankind's frailty.

* dejar de ser útil = outlive + Posesivo + usefulness.

* demostrar ser = prove + to be.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* dicho sea de paso = by the by(e).

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* dinero + ser para = money + go towards.

* el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.

* el ser barato = cheapness.

* el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.

* entrar sin ser visto = sneak into.

* es = it's [it is].

* esa es la cuestión = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* esa es la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.

* es de deducir que = it follows that.

* es de destacar que = significantly.

* es de esperar = hopefully.

* es de esperar que = all being well.

* es de resaltar que = significantly.

* es de suponer que = presumably.

* ese es el asunto = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* ese es el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* es el momento adecuado = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.

* es el momento oportuno = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.

* es evidente = clearly.

* es importante destacar = importantly.

* es inevitable que = inevitably.

* es interesante que = interestingly.

* es lo que a mí me parece = my two cents' worth.

* es lo que yo pienso = my two cents' worth.

* es más = more important, moreover.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* es mi opinión = my two cents' worth.

* es mi parecer = my two cents' worth.

* es por lo tanto deducible que = it therefore follows that.

* es por lo tanto de esperar que = it therefore follows that.

* es por lo tanto lógico que = it therefore follows that.

* ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.

* estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.

* evitar ser afectado = escape + unaffected.

* fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.

* haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.

* haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.

* la razón de ser = the reason for being.

* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.

* llegar a ser = become, develop into.

* llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.

* lo que es aun peor = worse still.

* lo que es peor = what's worse.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que + ser = what + be like.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* merecer ser mencionado = deserve + mention.

* no ser aconsejable = be undesirable.

* no ser + Adjetivo + Infinitivo = be less than + Adjetivo + Infinitivo.

* no ser así ya = be no longer the case.

* no ser bien visto = be in the doghouse.

* no ser cobarde = be no chicken.

* no ser consciente de = remain + unaware of.

* no ser deseable = be undesirable.

* no + ser + de sorprender que = it + be + not surprising that.

* no ser fácil = be no picnic, not be easy.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser lo suficientemente bueno = not be good enough.

* no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.

* no ser nada = add up to + nothing.

* no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.

* no ser ningún jovencito = be no chicken.

* no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.

* no ser sino = be nothing but.

* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.

* no ser un lecho de rosas = be not all roses.

* no ser verdad = be untrue.

* no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* para ser específico = to be specific.

* para ser franco = in all honesty.

* para ser sincero = to be honest, in all honesty.

* pasar a ser = become, develop into.

* por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.

* por si fuera poco = to boot, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* posible de ser consultado por máquina = machine-viewable.

* posible de ser visto en pantalla = displayable.

* primer puesto + ser para = pride of place + go to.

* puede muy bien ser = could well be.

* puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.

* que fue = one-time.

* que fue común antes = once-common.

* que ha sido abordado con preguntas = accost.

* que puede ser apilado = stacking.

* razón de ser = point, raison d'etre, rationale, sense of purpose.

* ser reconocido = gain + recognition.

* resultar ser = prove + to be, turn out to be, happen + to be.

* sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost, at any price, come hell or high water.

* sea cual fuere = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.

* sea cual fuese = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.

* sea cual sea el criterio utilizado = by any standard(s).

* sea lo que sea = whatever it is, be that as it may, call it what you want.

* seamos realistas = face it, let's face it.

* sean cuales sean = whatever they may be.

* sentido del ser humano = human sense.

* ser accesible a través de = be available through.

* ser aceptado = take + hold, gain + acceptance, take off.

* ser acertado = be spot on.

* ser aconsejable = be welcome, be better served by, be in order.

* ser acorde con = be commensurate with.

* ser acuciante = be acute.

* ser acusado de delito criminal = face + criminal charge.

* ser adecuado = be right, stand up, fit + the bill.

* ser + Adjetivo = get + Adjetivo.

* ser + Adjetivo + para = have + a + Adjetivo + effect on.

* ser afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* ser aficionado a = be fond of.

* ser afortunado = be lucky, strike + lucky.

* ser agradable de oír = be good to hear.

* ser agradable + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.

* ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo bueno = be a good thing.

* ser algo completamente distinto = be nothing of the sort.

* ser algo común = be a fact of life, dominate + the scene, be a common occurrence, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser Algo demasiado difícil para = be in over + Posesivo + head, be out of + Posesivo + depth.

* ser algo excepcional = be the exception rather than the rule, be in a league of its own.

* ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo facilísimo = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo habitual = become + a common feature, be a fact of life.

* ser Algo imponente = loom + large.

* ser algo inevitable = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ser algo más profundo que = go + deeper than.

* ser algo más serio que = go + deeper than.

* ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.

* ser Algo muy importante = loom + large.

* ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy revelador = be a giveaway.

* ser algo natural para = be second nature to + Pronombre, come + naturally to.

* ser algo normal = be a fact of life, become + a common feature, be a part of life.

* ser algo permanente = be here to stay.

* ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.

* ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser algo por lo que = be a matter for/of.

* ser algo por ver = be an open question.

* ser algo que no ocurre con frecuencia = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser algo útil para = be something in the hand for.

* ser amado = loved-one.

* ser amigo de = be buddies with.

* ser analizado como una frase = be phrase parsed.

* ser apreciado = receive + appreciation.

* ser apropiado = be right.

* ser aproximadamente + Número = be around + Número, be about + Número.

* ser arrestado = be under arrest.

* ser asequible = be available, become + available.

* ser asequible a = be amenable to.

* ser así = be the case (with), be just like that.

* ser atacado = be under attack, come under + fire, be under assault.

* ser atractivo = look + attractive, be popular in appeal.

* ser atrevido = make + a bold statement.

* ser atribuible a = be attributable to.

* ser aun más = be all the more.

* ser autosuficiente = stand on + Posesivo + own, self-serve.

* ser autosuficiente económicamente = pay + Posesivo + own way.

* ser avaricioso = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* ser bienvenido = be most welcome, make + welcome, be welcome.

* ser bonito + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.

* ser buenísimo + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.

* ser bueno = make + good + Nombre.

* ser bueno en = be good at.

* ser bueno para Alguien = be to + Posesivo + advantage.

* ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.

* ser capaz de = be capable of.

* ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.

* ser característico de = be emblematic of.

* ser carísimo = cost + be prohibitive.

* ser caro = be steep.

* ser casi seguro = be a good bet.

* ser chiquito pero matón = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* ser chulo = be cool.

* ser clavado a = be a dead ringer for.

* ser cliente de una tienda = patronise + shop.

* ser coherente = cohere.

* ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.

* ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.

* ser como mínimo = be no less than.

* ser como una esfera = wrap around.

* ser como un círculo = wrap around.

* ser como un libro abierto = be an open book.

* ser complementario el uno del otro = be integral one to another.

* ser complementarios = be integral one to another.

* ser completamente diferente = be in a different league.

* ser completo = be all inclusive.

* ser común = be the case (with).

* ser condenado a prisión = receive + prison sentence.

* ser confuso = be deceiving.

* ser conocido por = famously, have + a track record of.

* ser conocido por todos = be out in the open.

* ser consciente = sentient being.

* ser consciente de = be alive to, be aware of, be cognisant of, be mindful of/that, become + cognisant of, be aware of, realise [realize, -USA].

* ser consciente de + Posesivo + valía = be alive to + Posesivo + worth.

* ser consciente + desafortunadamente = be painfully aware of.

* ser contradictorio de = run + contrary to.

* ser contraproducente = defeat + Posesivo + purpose, blowback.

* ser contrario a = be contrary to, be hostile to.

* ser conveniente + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.

* ser correcto = be all right, be correct, be right.

* ser cortés con = be civil towards.

* ser costumbre = be customary.

* ser creativo = be inventive.

* ser creíble = invoke + belief.

* ser criticado = be subjected to + criticism, be (the) subject of/to criticism, take + heat, come under + fire.

* ser crucial (para) = be central (to).

* ser cuestión de = come down to.

* ser culpable = be to blame.

* ser culpable (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* ser dado a = be amenable to, be apt to, be given to.

* ser de = be a native of.

* ser de alto nivel = be at a high level.

* ser de armas tomar = be a (real) handful.

* ser de ayuda = be of assistance.

* ser debatible = be a moot point, be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.

* ser de calidad = be up to snuff, be up to scratch.

* ser decisión de + Nombre = be down to + Nombre.

* ser de contenido + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in content.

* ser de crecimiento rápido = be a quick grower.

* ser de difícil acceso = tuck away.

* ser de dominio público = be public domain.

* ser deficiente = be wanting.

* ser definitivo = be final.

* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.

* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.

* ser de importancia primordial = be of key importance.

* ser de importancia vital = lie at + the heart of.

* ser de interés para = be of interest (to/for).

* ser dejado en la obligación de Uno = be derelict in + duty.

* ser de la izquierda = be of the left.

* ser de la noche = night creature.

* ser de la opinión de que = be of the opinion that, be of the view that.

* ser del gusto de Uno = be to + Posesivo + taste.

* ser del orden de + Número = be of the order of + Número.

* ser de los que piensan que = subscribe to + view.

* ser demasiado = be over-provided, be a mouthful.

* ser demasiado + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.

* ser demasiado complaciente = lean over + too far backwards.

* ser demasiado común = be all too common.

* ser demasiado para = be too much for, be too much for.

* ser demasiado precavido = err + on the side of caution.

* ser demasiado preciso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.

* ser demasiado quisquilloso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.

* ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.

* ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.

* ser de número limitado = be limited in number.

* ser de origen + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in origin.

* ser de poco valor = be of little use, be of little value.

* ser de primera categoría = be top notch.

* ser de raza negra o de piel morena = be coloured.

* ser de sabios = be a point of wisdom.

* ser desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.

* ser desastroso = spell + bad news, be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* ser desconocido para = be alien to.

* ser descorazonador = be dispiriting.

* ser desoído = be unheeded.

* ser despiadado = play + hardball.

* ser detenido = be under arrest.

* ser de un solo uso = be a one-trip pony.

* ser de un tipo diferente = be different in kind, differ in + kind (from).

* ser de un valor especial = be of particular value.

* ser de uso general = be in general use, be generally available.

* ser de utilidad = be of use.

* ser de utilidad a = be of service to.

* ser diestro en = be skilled at.

* ser difícil = be a stretch.

* ser difícil de bregar = be a (real) handful.

* ser difícil de conseguir = be hard to get.

* ser difícil de creer = beggar + belief.

* ser difícil de encontrar = be hard to find.

* ser difícil de lograr = be hard to get.

* ser difícil de superar = take + some beating.

* ser digno de = merit.

* ser digno de admiración = deserve + admiration.

* ser digno de crítica = merit + a critical eye.

* ser digno de + Infinitivo = be worth + Gerundio.

* ser diplomático = say + the right thing.

* ser discutible = be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.

* ser dogmático = be dogmatic.

* ser dos mundos completamente distintos = be poles apart.

* ser dudoso = be doubtful.

* ser duro = play + hardball.

* ser eficaz para + Infinitivo = be efficient at + Gerundio.

* ser el acabóse = take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.

* ser el alma de = be the life of, be the life and soul of.

* ser el asunto = be the point.

* ser el beneficiario de = be on the receiving end of.

* ser el blanco de = be a pushover for.

* ser el blanco de las críticas = come under + fire.

* ser el canalizador de = be the conduit for.

* ser el capitán = skipper, captain.

* ser el caso (de) = be the case (with).

* ser el centro de atención = steal + the limelight, steal + the show, cut + a dash.

* ser el centro de todas las miradas = cut + a dash.

* ser el colmo = be the last straw, bring + the situation to a head, take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.

* ser el contrincante más débil = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* ser el culo del mundo = be the pits.

* ser elegido = get in.

* ser elevado = be steep.

* ser el éxito de la fiesta = steal + the limelight, steal + the show.

* ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).

* ser el jefe = be in charge, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* ser el límite = be the limit.

* ser el mandamás = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* ser el más afectado por = bear + the brunt of.

* ser el máximo = be the limit.

* ser el momento clave = mark + the watershed.

* ser el momento (de) = be the time to.

* ser el momento decisivo = mark + the watershed.

* ser el momento de/para = it + be + time to/for.

* ser el objetivo de Uno = be in business for.

* ser el orgullo de = be the pride and joy of.

* ser el origen de = provide + the material for.

* ser el paraje natural de = be home to.

* ser el preludio = usher in.

* ser el primero = be second to none, come out on + top.

* ser el primero en = lead + the way in.

* ser el primero en + Infinitivo = take + the lead in + Gerundio.

* ser el punto de partida de = form + the basis of.

* ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.

* ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.

* ser el que con mayor frecuencia = be (the) most likely to.

* ser el que con menor frecuencia = be (the) least likely to.

* ser el resultado de = follow from, result from.

* ser el segundo de a bordo = play + second fiddle.

* ser el último grito = be all the rage.

* ser el último mono ser el último mono = feel + pulled and tugged.

* ser emblemático de = be emblematic of.

* ser en balde = be of no avail, be to no avail.

* ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.

* ser en vano = be of no avail, be to no avail.

* ser enviado a = have + the lead to.

* ser equiparable a = be commensurate with.

* ser erróneo = be wide of the mark, be wrong.

* ser escaso = be few and far between, be in short supply.

* ser esclavo de = be slave to.

* ser estupendo = sound + great, be fine and dandy.

* ser estúpido = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* ser exigente al elegir = pick and choose.

* ser exigente al escoger = pick and choose.

* ser experto en = be skilled at.

* ser expulsado de = be dropped from.

* ser extraño para = be alien to.

* ser extremadamente + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.

* ser fácil = be easy.

* ser fácil de conseguir = be readily available.

* ser facilísimo = be a snap, be a piece of cake.

* ser factible de = be amenable to.

* ser familiar = strike + familiar chords, ring + a bell.

* ser famoso = gain + recognition, be popular.

* ser famoso por = famously, have + a track record of.

* ser favorable = be a plus.

* ser ficticio = be fiction.

* ser fiel a = cleave to.

* ser fructífero = come to + fruition.

* ser goloso = have + a sweet tooth.

* ser grosero con = be abusive of.

* ser hábil para = be adroit at.

* ser habitual = be customary.

* ser harina de otro costal = be a different kettle of fish.

* ser hipertenso = be hyper.

* ser hora de = it + be + time to/for.

* ser hora de definirse = time to climb off the fence.

* ser hora de irse = be time to go.

* ser hora de marcharse = be time to go.

* ser hora ya de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).

* ser humilde = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.

* sería mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* ser ideal = suit + best, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* ser ideal para Uno = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.

* ser idóneo para = be suited to.

* ser ignorado = be unheeded.

* ser igual a = be equivalent to, equal.

* ser igual que = amount to + the same thing as.

* ser ilegal = be against the law.

* ser ilimitado = be boundless.

* ser implacable = play + hardball.

* ser imponente = be awe-inspiring.

* ser importante = be of importance, make + a difference, be of consequence.

* ser importantísimo = make + all the difference in the world, make + difference in the world.

* ser importantísimo (para) = be central (to).

* ser imposible = be dead meat.

* ser imprescindible = be a must.

* ser improcedente = be out of order.

* ser imprudente = be reckless.

* ser inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* ser incapaz de = be unable to.

* ser incoherente = Negativo + hold + water.

* ser incompatible (con) = be irreconcilable (with).

* ser inconsistente = Negativo + hold + water.

* ser increíble = beggar + belief.

* ser independiente = go + Posesivo + own way, stew in + Posesivo + own juice, stand on + Posesivo + own (two) feet.

* ser indescriptible = beggar + description.

* ser indispensable = be a must.

* ser ineficaz = fire + blanks.

* ser infundado = be unfounded.

* ser inherente a = inhere in.

* ser inimaginable = beggar + imagination.

* ser inminente = be on the cards.

* ser inmune a = be immune from, be immune against.

* ser innovador = break + new ground, break + ground.

* ser innumerable = be without number, be legion.

* ser innumerables = run into + the thousands.

* ser insignificante = pale into + insignificance, stick + Algo + on a pin-point, be of no consequence.

* ser insignificante de = be slight in.

* ser inteligente = be talented.

* ser interesante = be of interest (to/for).

* ser interesante + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.

* ser interesante + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.

* ser interminable = there + be + no end to.

* ser intransigente = play + hardball.

* ser inútil = fire + blanks.

* ser irrespetuoso con = disrespect, diss.

* ser justo = play + fair.

* ser justo con todos = give the devil his due.

* ser justo hasta con el diablo = give the devil his due.

* ser justo lo que se necesita = be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* ser justo lo que Uno necesita = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser justo que = there + be + justice in.

* ser juzgado = stand + trial, stand for + trial.

* ser la abreviatura de = be short for.

* ser la base de = be at the core of, form + the basis of, be at the heart of.

* ser la ciudad de = be home to.

* ser la clave de = hold + the key to.

* ser la comidilla del barrio = be the talk of the town.

* ser la comidilla del pueblo = be the talk of the town.

* ser la consecuencia de = follow from, result from.

* ser la costumbre = be customary.

* ser la cuestión = be the point.

* ser la culminación de Algo = represent + the culmination of, mark + the culmination of.

* ser la culpa de = be the fault of.

* ser la debilidad de Alguien = be a sucker for.

* ser la elección lógica = be a/the natural choice.

* ser la elección natural = be a/the natural choice.

* ser la excepción = be the exception.

* ser la excepción a la regla = constitute + the exception to the rule.

* ser la excepción que confirma la regla = be the exception rather than the rule.

* ser la forma abreviada de = be short for.

* ser la forma de = be a recipe for.

* ser la fórmula para = be a recipe for.

* ser la gota que colma el vaso = bring + the situation to a head.

* ser la idea central de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.

* ser la imagen de = be a picture of.

* ser la intención = be the intention.

* ser la intención de uno = be + Posesivo + intention.

* ser la manera de = be a recipe for.

* ser la materia prima de = be grist to + Posesivo + mill.

* ser la mayoría = be in the majority.

* ser la mejor alternativa = be the best bet.

* ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.

* ser lamentable = be a pity.

* ser la minoría = be in the minority.

* ser la norma = be the norm, be the rule, become + the norm.

* ser la novedad = be on the scene.

* ser la obra de = be the work of.

* ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.

* ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.

* ser la propia responsabilidad de Alguien = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* ser la prueba de fuego de Algo = test + Nombre + to the limit.

* ser la punta de lanza de = spearhead.

* ser la razón de = lie at + the root of.

* ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.

* ser la responsabilidad de = be the responsibility of.

* ser la responsabilidad de Alguien + Infinitivo = it + lie with + Nombre/Pronombre + to + Infinitivo.

* ser la última palabra = be all the rage.

* ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.

* ser lector de una biblioteca = library membership.

* ser lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.

* ser líder en = take + the lead in + Gerundio.

* ser lo de Uno = be cut out for, be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.

* ser lo mismo = be one and the same.

* ser lo normal = be the order of the day.

* ser lo principal de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.

* ser lo que a Uno le encanta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser lo que a Uno le gusta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.

* ser lo que a Uno le interesa = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.

* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.

* ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

* ser lo suficientemente + Adjetivo + como para = be + Adjetivo + enough to.

* ser lo suficientemente comprensivo = go + far enough.

* ser lo suficientemente conocido como para que = be sufficiently well known for.

* serlo todo para todos = be all things to all men, be all things to all people.

* ser lo último = be all the rage, be the pits.

* ser lo último en = become + the next stop in.

* ser lo último en lo que + pensar = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.

* ser lo último que + ocurrir + a Alguien = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.

* ser magnífico + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.

* ser malo = be a joke, spell + bad news, make + poor + Nombre.

* ser maravilloso = sound + great.

* ser más astuto que = outfox, outwit, outsmart.

* ser más interno = inner being.

* ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.

* ser mayor = be older.

* ser mejor en = be better at.

* ser mejor que = be superior to, compare + favourably.

* ser mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* ser menor = be less.

* ser menos + Adjetivo = be less of a(n) + Nombre.

* ser mínimo = be at a minimum.

* ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.

* ser modesto = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.

* ser molesto = be disturbing.

* ser moroso = be in default.

* ser motivador = be motivating.

* ser motivo de preocupación = loom + large.

* ser mucho = be a mouthful.

* ser mucho más = be all the more.

* ser mucho más que = be far more than.

* ser muy aconsejable que = be well advised to.

* ser muy alto = be metres high.

* ser muy amigo de = be pally with.

* ser muy antiguo = go ba

* * *

SER

/ser/

feminine

= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión

* * *

ser ( conjugate ser) cópula
1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be
◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;

es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf;
es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic;
era cierto it was true;
sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still;
que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ siempre le he sido fiel I've always been faithful to her;

ver tb imposible, difícil etc
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ el mayor es casado the oldest is married;

es viuda she's a widow;
ver tb estar 1 cópula 2
3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be;
◊ soy abogada I'm a lawyer;

ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me
4 (con predicado introducido por `de'):
◊ esos zapatos son de plástico those shoes are (made of) plastic;

soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba;
es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors';
no soy de aquí I'm not from around here
5 (hipótesis, futuro):
◊ será un error it must be a mistake;

¿será cierto? can it be true?
verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos):

◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …

2
a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):

◊ la fiesta va a ser en su casa the party is going to be (held) at her house;

¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?
b) ( en preguntas):

◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;

¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq);
¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us?
3 ( sumar):
◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;

son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos;
somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether
4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) ser para algo to be for sth;
◊ este agua es para beber this water is for drinking

( en locs)
◊ a no ser que (+ subj) unless;

¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq);
como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what;
hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done;
el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever;
puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like;
de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml);
¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!;
es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?;
es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim;
lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something;
estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes;
o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago;
o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested;
o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out;
(ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …;
sea como sea at all costs;
sea cuando sea whenever it is;
sea donde sea no matter where;
sea quien sea whoever it is;
si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for …
( en el tiempo) to be;
◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;

serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived;
ver tb v impers
ser v impers to be;
◊ era primavera it was spring(time)

ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be;
fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900
■ sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( ente) being;

◊ ser humano/vivo human/living being

b) (individuo, persona):

◊ un ser querido a loved one

2 ( naturaleza):
◊ desde lo más profundo de mi ser from the bottom of my heart

ser
I sustantivo masculino
1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
ser humano, human being
ser vivo, living being
2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
ya es la una, it's one o'clock
3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people
(al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas
Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes
(adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave
♦ Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
como sea, anyhow
de no ser por..., had it not been for
es más, furthermore
es que..., it's just that...
lo que sea, whatever
o sea, that is (to say)
sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit
' ser' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acceder
- además
- aficionada
- aficionado
- alardear
- alcanzar
- alimentar
- alta
- alto
- ambicionar
- antigüedad
- aparición
- arma
- atinar
- atorarse
- aúpa
- babear
- básica
- básico
- bendición
- caber
- cacho
- cada
- cafetera
- cafetero
- calco
- callo
- canela
- cansada
- cansado
- cantar
- capaz
- capirote
- carácter
- cardo
- carne
- carné
- caso
- cero
- colarse
- comida
- comidilla
- comido
- conmigo
- conquistador
- conquistadora
- contagiarse
- contemplar
- contienda
English:
accountable
- addicted
- adjust
- allow
- allowance
- ambition
- amount to
- anathema
- anomaly
- arduous
- around
- aspire
- aware
- bad
- be
- beating
- being
- belong
- betray
- big
- bill
- bind over
- bird
- booby trap
- boring
- bounce
- can
- carry
- catch up
- cerebral
- ceremonial
- ceremony
- charm
- chip
- claim
- come into
- come under
- connoisseur
- court
- degree
- deserve
- destroy
- differ
- do
- dodger
- doubly
- due
- ear
- easy
- edit

* * *

ser The auxiliary verb ser is used with the past participle of a verb to form the passive (e.g. la película fue criticada the movie was criticized).

♦ v aux
[para formar la voz pasiva] to be;
fue visto por un testigo he was seen by a witness;

la propuesta es debatida o [m5] está siendo debatida en el parlamento the proposal is being debated in parliament

♦ v copulativo

1. [con adjetivos, sustantivos, pronombres] [indica cualidad, identidad, condición] to be;

es alto/gracioso he's tall/funny;

soy chileno/chiapaneco I'm Chilean/from Chiapas;

es azul/difícil it's blue/difficult;

sé discreta/paciente be discreet/patient;

es un amigo/el dueño he's a friend/the owner;

son unos amigos míos they're friends of mine;

es el cartero/tu madre it's the postman o US mailman/your mother;

soy yo, ábreme open up, it's me;

soy Víctor [al teléfono] it's Víctor;

la casa es aquella de ahí the house is that one over there;

es un tipo muy simpático he's a very nice guy;

¿es eso verdad? is that true?;

eso no es cierto that isn't true;

es obvio que le gustas it's obvious that he likes you;

no es necesario ir it isn't necessary to go;

es posible que llueva it may rain;

no está mal para ser de segunda mano it's not bad considering it's second-hand;

no pierde sus derechos por ser inmigrante just because he's an immigrant doesn't mean he doesn't have any rights;

te lo dejo en la mitad por ser tú seeing as o because it's you, I'll let you have it half-price;

por ser usted, señora, 15 euros to you, madam, 15 euros;

que seas muy feliz I wish you every happiness, I hope you'll be very happy;

¡será imbécil el tipo! the guy must be stupid!;

este restaurante ya no es lo que era this restaurant isn't as good as it used to be o isn't what it used to be;
RP Fam
ser loco por algo to be wild about sth

2. [con sustantivos, adjetivos] [indica empleo, dedicación, estado civil, religión] to be;

soy abogado/actriz I'm a lawyer/an actress;

son estudiantes they're students;

para ser juez hay que trabajar mucho you have to work very hard to be o become a judge;

es padre de tres hijos he's a father of three;

es soltero/casado/divorciado he's single/married/divorced;

era viuda she was a widow;

son budistas/protestantes they are Buddhists/Protestants;

el que fuera gobernador del estado the former governor of the state;

Comp
Am Fam
¿tú eres o te haces? are you stupid or what?;

Comp
RP Fam
¿vos sos o te hacés? are you stupid or what?

3. [con "de"] [indica material, origen, propiedad]
ser de [estar hecho de] to be made of;
[provenir de] to be from; [pertenecer a] to belong to;
un juguete que es todo de madera a completely wooden toy, a toy made completely of wood;

¿de dónde eres? where are you from?;

estas pilas son de una linterna these batteries are from a torch;

¿es de usted este abrigo? is this coat yours?, does this coat belong to you?;

los juguetes son de mi hijo the toys are my son's;

portarse así es de cobardes only cowards behave like that, it's cowardly to behave like that

4. [con "de"] [indica pertenencia a grupo]
ser de [club, asociación, partido] to be a member of;

¿de qué equipo eres? [aficionado] which team o who do you support?;

soy del Barcelona I support Barcelona;

ser de los que… to be one of those people who…;

ése es de los que están en huelga he is one of those on strike;

no es de las que se asustan por cualquier cosa she's not one to get scared easily

♦ vi

1. [ocurrir, tener lugar] to be;

fue aquí it was here;

¿cuándo es la boda? when's the wedding?;

la final era ayer the final was yesterday;

¿cómo fue lo de tu accidente? how did your accident happen?;

¿qué fue de aquel amigo tuyo? what happened to that friend of yours?;

¿qué es de Pablo? how's Pablo (getting on)?

2. [constituir, consistir en] to be;

fue un acierto que nos quedáramos en casa we were right to stay at home;

lo importante es decidirse the important thing is to reach a decision;

su ambición era dar la vuelta al mundo her ambition was to travel round the world;

tratar así de mal a la gente es buscarse problemas treating people so badly is asking for trouble

3. [con fechas, horas] to be;

¿qué (día) es hoy? what day is it today?, what's today?;

hoy es jueves today's Thursday, it's Thursday today;

¿qué (fecha) es hoy? what's the date today?, what date is it today?;

mañana será 15 de julio tomorrow (it) will be 15 July;

¿qué hora es? what time is it?, what's the time?;

son las tres (de la tarde) it's three o'clock (in the afternoon), it's three (pm);

serán o [m5] deben de ser las tres it must be three (o'clock)

4. [con precios] to be;

¿cuánto es? how much is it?;

son 300 pesos that'll be 300 pesos;

¿a cómo son esos tomates? how much are those tomatoes?

5. [con cifras, en operaciones] to be;

ellos eran unos 500 there were about 500 of them;

11 por 100 son 1.100 11 times 100 is 1,100

6. [servir, ser adecuado]
ser para to be for;

este trapo es para (limpiar) las ventanas this cloth is for (cleaning) the windows;

este libro es para niños this book is for children;

la ciudad no es para mí the city isn't for me

7. [con "de" más infinitivo] [indica necesidad, posibilidad]
es de desear que… it is to be hoped that…;

era de esperar que pasara algo así it was to be expected that something like that would happen;

es de suponer que aparecerá presumably, he'll turn up;

es de temer cuando se enoja she's really scary when she gets angry

8. [para recalcar, poner énfasis]
ése es el que me lo contó he's the one who told me;

lo que es a mí, no me llamaron they certainly didn't call me, they didn't call me, anyway;

¿es que ya no te acuerdas? don't you remember any more, then?, you mean you don't remember any more?

9. [indica excusa, motivo]
es que no me hacen caso but o the thing is they don't listen to me;

es que no vine porque estaba enfermo the reason I didn't come is that I was ill, I didn't come because I was ill, you see;

¿cómo es que no te han avisado? how come they didn't tell you?

10. Literario [existir]
Platón, uno de los grandes sabios que en el mundo han sido Plato, one of the wisest men ever to walk this earth

11. [en frases]
a no ser que venga unless she comes;

tengo que conseguirlo (sea) como sea I have to get it one way or another;

hay que evitar (sea) como sea que se entere we have to prevent her from finding out at all costs o no matter what;

hazlo cuando sea do it whenever;

de no ser/haber sido por… if it weren't/hadn't been for…;

de no ser por él no estaríamos vivos if it weren't for him, we wouldn't be alive;

de no ser así otherwise;

de ser así if that should happen;

déjalo donde sea leave it anywhere o wherever;

érase una vez, érase que se era once upon a time;

dile lo que sea, da igual tell her anything o whatever, it doesn't make any difference;

haré lo que sea para recuperar mi dinero I will do whatever it takes o anything to get my money back;

se enfadó, y no era para menos she got angry, and not without reason;

no sea que…, no vaya a ser que… in case…;

la llamaré ahora no sea que luego me olvide I'll call her now in case I forget later;

Estados Unidos y Japón, o sea, las dos economías mundiales más importantes the United States and Japan, that is to say o in other words, the two most important economies in the world;

50 euros, o sea unas 8.300 pesetas 50 euros, that's about 8,300 pesetas;

o sea que no quieres venir so you don't want to come then?;

por si fuera poco as if that wasn't enough;

habla con quien sea talk to anyone;

sea quien sea no abras la puerta don't open the door, whoever it is;

si no fuera/hubiera sido por… if it weren't/hadn't been for…;
Am
siendo que… seeing that o as…, given that…;
Am
siendo que tienes la plata, cómprate el vestido más caro seeing as o since you've got the money, buy yourself the more expensive dress

♦ v impersonal
[indica tiempo] to be;
es muy tarde it's rather late;

era de noche/de día it was night/day

♦ nm

1. [ente] being;

seres de otro planeta beings from another planet

Comp
ser humano human being;
Ser Supremo Supreme Being;

los seres vivos living things

2. [persona] person;

sus seres queridos his loved ones

3. [existencia]
mis padres me dieron el ser my parents gave me my life

4. [esencia, naturaleza] being;

la quiero con todo mi ser I love her with all my being o soul

* * *

SER

f abr (= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión) network of independent Spanish radio stations

* * *

ser {77} vi

1) : to be

él es mi hermano: he is my brother

Camila es linda: Camila is pretty

2) : to exist, to live

ser, o no ser: to be or not to be

3) : to take place, to occur

el concierto es el domingo: the concert is on Sunday

4) (used with expressions of time, date, season)

son las diez: it's ten o'clock

hoy es el 9: today's the 9th

5) : to cost, to come to

¿cuánto es?: how much is it?

6) (with the future tense) : to be able to be

¿será posible?: can it be possible?

7)

ser de : to come from

somos de Managua: we're from Managua

8)

ser de : to belong to

ese lápiz es de Juan: that's Juan's pencil

9)

es que : the thing is that

es que no lo conozco: it's just that I don't know him

10)

¡sea! : agreed!, all right!

11)

sea... sea : either... or

ser v aux (used in passive constructions) : to be

la cuenta ha sido pagada: the bill has been paid

él fue asesinado: he was murdered

ser nm

: being

ser humano: human being

* * *

ser¹ n (ente) being

ser humano human being

ser vivo living creature

ser² vb

1. (en general) to be

mi amigo es alemán my friend is German

es médico he's a doctor

el cuadro es de Picasso the painting is by Picasso

cinco más cinco son diez five plus five are ten

serán quince euros that'll be fifteen euros

somos cinco there are five of us

la fiesta es el sábado the party is on Saturday

el presidente fue asesinado the president was murdered

2. (estar hecho) to be made

la mesa es de madera the table is made of wood

3. (pertenecer) to belong

este libro es de María this book belongs to María / this book is María's

a no ser que unless

a no ser que llueva unless it rains

érase una vez once upon a time

Spanish-English dictionary > ser
42 ofrecer

v.

1 to offer.

ofrecerle algo a alguien to offer somebody something

¿puedo ofrecerle algo de beber? may I offer you something to drink?

¿cuánto te ofrecen por la casa? how much are they offering you for the house?

me ofrece la oportunidad o la ocasión de conocer la ciudad it gives me the chance to get to know the city

María le ofrece comida a Ricardo Mary offers Richard food.

Ella ofrece sus servicios She offers her services.

2 to bid.

¿qué ofrecen por esta mesa? what am I bid for this table?

3 to present (tener, presentar) (imagen, dificultades).

la cocina ofrece un aspecto lamentable the kitchen is a sorry sight

4 to offer up (oraciones, sacrificio).

5 to make an offer.

Ellos ofrecen They make an offer.

6 to offer to, to promise to, to volunteer to.

María le ofrece comida a Ricardo Mary offers Richard food.

Ella ofrece sus servicios She offers her services.

Ellos ofrecen limpiar They offer to clean.

Le ofrecí a María ir a verla I offered Mary to go see her.

Ellos ofrecieron a Ricardo They offered Richard.

* * *

ofrecer

Conjugation model [ AGRADECER], like link=agradecer agradecer

► verbo transitivo

1 (dar - premio, amistad) to offer; (- banquete, fiesta) to hold; (- regalo) to give

2 (presentar) to present

■ la montaña ofrecía un panorama desolador the mountain looked desolate

■ ofrecer resistencia to offer resistance

► verbo pronominal ofrecerse

1 (prestarse) to offer, volunteer

■ se ofreció a llevarme he offered to give me a lift

■ se ofreció voluntario he volunteered

2 (disponer) to want

■ ¿qué se le ofrece? what can I do for you?

* * *

verb

1) to offer

2) present

•

- ofrecerse

* * *

1. VT

1) (=presentar voluntariamente)

a) [+ servicios, ayuda, trabajo, dinero] to offer

nos ofreció un té — he offered us tea

me ofrecieron la posibilidad de trabajar para ellos — they offered me the chance to work for them

¿cuánto te ofrecieron por el coche? — how much did they offer you for the car?

• ofrecer hacer algo — to offer to do sth

el club le ha ofrecido prorrogar su contrato — the club has offered to extend his contract

me ofrecieron participar en la coproducción — they asked me if I would like to take part in the co-production

b) [+ espectáculo, programa] [en TV] to show

varias cadenas ofrecen el partido en directo — several channels are showing the match live

los principales espectáculos que ofrece el festival — the main events featured in the festival

la Filarmónica ofrecerá un concierto el día de Navidad — the Philharmonic are giving a concert on Christmas Day

c) frm [+ respetos] to pay frm

ofrecer la bienvenida a algn — to welcome sb

2) (=tener)

a) [+ ventaja] to offer; [+ oportunidad, garantías] to offer, give; [+ solución] to offer, provide

el formato electrónico ofrece algunas ventajas — the electronic format offers some advantages

la sanidad pública ofrece más posibilidades de investigación — public health care offers o provides more scope for research

no ofrece las suficientes garantías — it's not sufficiently reliable

• no ofrecer duda, la gravedad del caso no ofrece duda — there is no doubt about the seriousness of the case

el resultado no ofrecía dudas — the result left no room for doubt

b) [+ dificultad] to present

el caso no ofrece dificultad alguna — the case presents no difficulty

el ladrón no ofreció resistencia — the burglar did not put up a struggle, the burglar offered no resistance frm

c) [+ imagen] to present

el partido necesita ofrecer una imagen de estabilidad — the party needs to present an image of stability

el palacio abandonado ofrecía un aspecto desolador — the deserted palace looked depressingly bleak

la zona ofrece un deprimente espectáculo a sus visitantes — the area is a depressing sight for visitors

3) (=celebrar) [+ acto, fiesta, cena] to hold, give

un portavoz del Ministerio ofreció una rueda de prensa — a Ministry spokesman gave o held a press conference

los compañeros le ofrecieron una comida de despedida — her colleagues held a farewell lunch for her

4) [+ sacrificio, víctima] to offer up

ofrecieron un cordero en sacrificio a los dioses — they offered up a lamb to the gods

ofrecieron su vida por la causa — they gave their lives for the cause

5) (Rel) to make a vow

ha ofrecido que va a dejar de fumar — he made a vow to stop smoking

2.

See:

ofrecerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo> to offer

te llamo para ofrecerte al niño — (Col, Ven) I'm ringing to let you know that the baby has been born

ofrecer + INF — to offer to + inf

ofreció prestarnos su coche — she offered to lend us her car

b) < dinero> to offer; ( en una subasta) to bid

c) < fiesta> to give, throw (colloq); < recepción> to lay on, to hold

d) <sacrificio/víctima> to offer (up)

2)

a) < oportunidad> to give, provide

le ofrece la posibilidad de entablar nuevas amistades — it provides her with the chance to make new friends; < dificultad> to present

b) <aspecto/vista>

su habitación ofrecía un aspecto lúgubre — her room had an air of gloominess about it

el año ofrece buenas perspectivas — the coming year looks promising

ofrecían un espectáculo desgarrador — they were a heartrending sight

c) < resistencia> persona to put up, offer

la puerta se abrió sin ofrecer resistencia — the door opened easily
2.
ofrecerse v pron

1) persona to offer, volunteer

ofrecerse A or PARA + INF — to offer o volunteer to + inf

se ofrece niñera con experiencia — experienced nanny seeks employment

2) < presentarse>

un espectáculo único se ofrecía ante nuestros ojos — a unique spectacle greeted our eyes

en valle se nos ofrecía en todo su esplendor — the valley appeared before us in all its splendor

3) (frml) (querer, necesitar) (gen neg o interrog)

¿se le ofrece alguna otra cosa? — can I offer o get you anything else?

¿qué se le ofrece, señora? — what would you like, madam? (frml)

estoy para lo que se les ofrezca — I'm at your service

si no se le ofrece nada más — if there's nothing else I can do for you

* * *

= deliver, feature, give, offer, open up, pitch, provide, provide with, supply, proffer, furnish (with), come forward with, tender, serve up.

Ex. The result could be termed a full-provision data base -- a data base including both text and reference, and delivering much more than the 2 added together.

Ex. Other catalogues and bibliographies only feature added entries under title where it is deemed that the author main entry heading is not likely to be obvious to the users.

Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex. Thus some current awareness services can be purchased from external vendors, whilst others may be offered by a library or information unit to its particular group of users.

Ex. Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.

Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex. To start with, most catalogues, indexes, data bases and bibliographies provide access to information or documents.

Ex. Many libraries provide users with photocopies of contents pages of selected journals.

Ex. Here an attempt is made to choose one form and supply references from the other forms.

Ex. 'No question,' she said meditatively, 'we have to do something'; 'like more coffee?' proffered the waitress, the coffee pot hovered above Jergens' cup.

Ex. One of the definitions of 'organise' is to furnish with organs, make organic, make into living being or tissue.

Ex. Neither pundit from the past, nor sage from the schools, neither authorised body nor inspired individual has come forward with a definition acceptable to all practising librarians as theirs and theirs alone, sharply defining them as a group.

Ex. This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.

Ex. A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.

----

* ofrecer acceso = provide + access.

* ofrecer apoyo = support, provide + support, rally (a)round, rally behind.

* ofrecer asesoramiento = offer + advice, offer + guidance, dispense + advice.

* ofrecer ayuda = offer + guidance, offer + assistance, provide + support.

* ofrecer cobijo = provide + a home.

* ofrecer conclusiones = provide + conclusions.

* ofrecer conjuntamente = bundle.

* ofrecer conocimiento = package + knowledge.

* ofrecer consejos prácticos = offer + hints and advice.

* ofrecer descuento = offer + discount.

* ofrecer directrices = provide + guidance.

* ofrecer en cantidad = offer + in quantity.

* ofrecer en un lote = bundle.

* ofrecer esperanzas = hold + promise.

* ofrecer estímulo = provide + stimulus.

* ofrecer incentivo = provide + incentive, offer + inducement.

* ofrecer información = provide + information, provide + details, supply + information, offer + information, package + information, furnish + information.

* ofrecer la garantía de = provide + the stamp of.

* ofrecer la mano = put forth + Posesivo + hand.

* ofrecer la oportunidad = allow + the opportunity to, allow + the opportunity to.

* ofrecer la oportunidad de = offer + a chance to.

* ofrecer la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.

* ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.

* ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.

* ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.

* ofrecer lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.

* ofrecer poco = low-ball.

* ofrecer por primera vez = debut.

* ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.

* ofrecer razones = provide + reasons.

* ofrecer refugio = provide + a home.

* ofrecer resistencia = put up + resistance.

* ofrecer santuario = offer + sanctuary.

* ofrecerse = be forthcoming, step forward, step up to.

* ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.

* ofrecer servicio = service.

* ofrecer sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* ofrecer una explicación = present + explanation.

* ofrecer una fiesta = host + party.

* ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.

* ofrecer una imagen = present + picture.

* ofrecer una introducción a = provide + a background to.

* ofrecer una norma = offer + prescription.

* ofrecer una opinión = offer + opinion.

* ofrecer una oportunidad = offer + opportunity, provide + opportunity, present + an opportunity.

* ofrecer una perspectiva = offer + perspective.

* ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* ofrecer una prestación = offer + facility.

* ofrecer una rama de olivo para hacer las paces = offer + an olive branch.

* ofrecer una recepción = host + reception.

* ofrecer una respuesta = provide + answer.

* ofrecer una solución = provide + solution, offer + solution.

* ofrecer una sonrisa = give + a grin.

* ofrecer una visión = provide + a picture.

* ofrecer una visión de = offer + an account of.

* ofrecer una visión de conjunto = provide + a picture, provide + overview.

* ofrecer una visión muy releveladora de = provide + insight into, give + an insight into, give + an inside look at.

* ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.

* ofrecer un curso = offer + course.

* ofrecer un ejemplo = afford + example.

* ofrecer un sacrificio = make + a sacrifice.

* ofrecer un servicio = operate + service, provide + service, do + service.

* ofrecer ventaja = be of benefit.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo> to offer

te llamo para ofrecerte al niño — (Col, Ven) I'm ringing to let you know that the baby has been born

ofrecer + INF — to offer to + inf

ofreció prestarnos su coche — she offered to lend us her car

b) < dinero> to offer; ( en una subasta) to bid

c) < fiesta> to give, throw (colloq); < recepción> to lay on, to hold

d) <sacrificio/víctima> to offer (up)

2)

a) < oportunidad> to give, provide

le ofrece la posibilidad de entablar nuevas amistades — it provides her with the chance to make new friends; < dificultad> to present

b) <aspecto/vista>

su habitación ofrecía un aspecto lúgubre — her room had an air of gloominess about it

el año ofrece buenas perspectivas — the coming year looks promising

ofrecían un espectáculo desgarrador — they were a heartrending sight

c) < resistencia> persona to put up, offer

la puerta se abrió sin ofrecer resistencia — the door opened easily
2.
ofrecerse v pron

1) persona to offer, volunteer

ofrecerse A or PARA + INF — to offer o volunteer to + inf

se ofrece niñera con experiencia — experienced nanny seeks employment

2) < presentarse>

un espectáculo único se ofrecía ante nuestros ojos — a unique spectacle greeted our eyes

en valle se nos ofrecía en todo su esplendor — the valley appeared before us in all its splendor

3) (frml) (querer, necesitar) (gen neg o interrog)

¿se le ofrece alguna otra cosa? — can I offer o get you anything else?

¿qué se le ofrece, señora? — what would you like, madam? (frml)

estoy para lo que se les ofrezca — I'm at your service

si no se le ofrece nada más — if there's nothing else I can do for you

* * *

= deliver, feature, give, offer, open up, pitch, provide, provide with, supply, proffer, furnish (with), come forward with, tender, serve up.

Ex: The result could be termed a full-provision data base -- a data base including both text and reference, and delivering much more than the 2 added together.

Ex: Other catalogues and bibliographies only feature added entries under title where it is deemed that the author main entry heading is not likely to be obvious to the users.

Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex: Thus some current awareness services can be purchased from external vendors, whilst others may be offered by a library or information unit to its particular group of users.

Ex: Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.

Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex: To start with, most catalogues, indexes, data bases and bibliographies provide access to information or documents.

Ex: Many libraries provide users with photocopies of contents pages of selected journals.

Ex: Here an attempt is made to choose one form and supply references from the other forms.

Ex: 'No question,' she said meditatively, 'we have to do something'; 'like more coffee?' proffered the waitress, the coffee pot hovered above Jergens' cup.

Ex: One of the definitions of 'organise' is to furnish with organs, make organic, make into living being or tissue.

Ex: Neither pundit from the past, nor sage from the schools, neither authorised body nor inspired individual has come forward with a definition acceptable to all practising librarians as theirs and theirs alone, sharply defining them as a group.

Ex: This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.

Ex: A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.

* ofrecer acceso = provide + access.

* ofrecer apoyo = support, provide + support, rally (a)round, rally behind.

* ofrecer asesoramiento = offer + advice, offer + guidance, dispense + advice.

* ofrecer ayuda = offer + guidance, offer + assistance, provide + support.

* ofrecer cobijo = provide + a home.

* ofrecer conclusiones = provide + conclusions.

* ofrecer conjuntamente = bundle.

* ofrecer conocimiento = package + knowledge.

* ofrecer consejos prácticos = offer + hints and advice.

* ofrecer descuento = offer + discount.

* ofrecer directrices = provide + guidance.

* ofrecer en cantidad = offer + in quantity.

* ofrecer en un lote = bundle.

* ofrecer esperanzas = hold + promise.

* ofrecer estímulo = provide + stimulus.

* ofrecer incentivo = provide + incentive, offer + inducement.

* ofrecer información = provide + information, provide + details, supply + information, offer + information, package + information, furnish + information.

* ofrecer la garantía de = provide + the stamp of.

* ofrecer la mano = put forth + Posesivo + hand.

* ofrecer la oportunidad = allow + the opportunity to, allow + the opportunity to.

* ofrecer la oportunidad de = offer + a chance to.

* ofrecer la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.

* ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.

* ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.

* ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.

* ofrecer lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.

* ofrecer poco = low-ball.

* ofrecer por primera vez = debut.

* ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.

* ofrecer razones = provide + reasons.

* ofrecer refugio = provide + a home.

* ofrecer resistencia = put up + resistance.

* ofrecer santuario = offer + sanctuary.

* ofrecerse = be forthcoming, step forward, step up to.

* ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.

* ofrecer servicio = service.

* ofrecer sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* ofrecer una explicación = present + explanation.

* ofrecer una fiesta = host + party.

* ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.

* ofrecer una imagen = present + picture.

* ofrecer una introducción a = provide + a background to.

* ofrecer una norma = offer + prescription.

* ofrecer una opinión = offer + opinion.

* ofrecer una oportunidad = offer + opportunity, provide + opportunity, present + an opportunity.

* ofrecer una perspectiva = offer + perspective.

* ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* ofrecer una prestación = offer + facility.

* ofrecer una rama de olivo para hacer las paces = offer + an olive branch.

* ofrecer una recepción = host + reception.

* ofrecer una respuesta = provide + answer.

* ofrecer una solución = provide + solution, offer + solution.

* ofrecer una sonrisa = give + a grin.

* ofrecer una visión = provide + a picture.

* ofrecer una visión de = offer + an account of.

* ofrecer una visión de conjunto = provide + a picture, provide + overview.

* ofrecer una visión muy releveladora de = provide + insight into, give + an insight into, give + an inside look at.

* ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.

* ofrecer un curso = offer + course.

* ofrecer un ejemplo = afford + example.

* ofrecer un sacrificio = make + a sacrifice.

* ofrecer un servicio = operate + service, provide + service, do + service.

* ofrecer ventaja = be of benefit.

* * *

ofrecer [E3 ]

vt

A

1 ‹ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo› to offer

le ofreció su brazo he offered her his arm

no nos ofreció ni una taza de café he didn't even offer us a cup of coffee

todavía no nos ha ofrecido la casa he still hasn't invited us to see his new house

te llamo para ofrecerte al niño ( Col); I'm ringing to let you know that the baby's been born

ofrecer + INF to offer TO + INF

ofreció prestarnos su coche she offered to lend us her car

2 ‹dinero› (por un artículo) to offer

ofreció mil dólares por el jarrón he bid a thousand dollars for the vase

¿cuánto me ofrece por este cuadro? how much will you give o offer me for this picture?

3 ‹fiesta› to give, hold, throw ( colloq)

ofrecieron una comida en su honor they gave a meal in her honor

ofrecieron una recepción en el Hotel Suecia they laid on o held a reception in the Hotel Suecia

4 ‹sacrificio/víctima› to offer, offer up

B

1 ‹oportunidad› to give, provide; ‹dificultad› to present

le ofrece la posibilidad de entablar nuevas amistades it provides her with o it gives her o ( frml) it affords her the chance to make new friends

el plan ofrece varias dificultades the plan presents o poses a number of problems

2 ‹aspecto/vista›

su habitación ofrecía un aspecto lúgubre her room was gloomy o had an air of gloominess about it

el balcón ofrecía una vista maravillosa there was a marvelous view from the balcony

el año ofrece buenas perspectivas things look good for the coming year, the coming year looks promising

ofrecían un espectáculo desgarrador they were a heartrending sight

3 ‹resistencia› «persona» to put up, offer

la puerta se abrió sin ofrecer resistencia the door opened easily

se entregó sin ofrecer ninguna resistencia he surrendered without putting up o offering any resistance

■ ofrecerse

v pron

A

«persona»: se ofrece niñera con experiencia experienced nanny seeks employment

ofrecerse A or PARA + INF to offer o volunteer to + INF

se ofreció a venir a buscarnos she offered o volunteered to come and pick us up

B

(presentarse): un espectáculo único se ofrecía ante nuestros ojos a unique spectacle presented itself before o greeted our eyes

las cumbres nevadas se nos ofrecían en todo su esplendor the snowy peaks appeared o stood before us in all their splendor

C ( frml) (querer, necesitar) ( gen neg o interrog) ofrecérsele algo A algn:

¿se le ofrece alguna otra cosa? can I offer o get you anything else?, would you care for anything else?

si no se le ofrece nada más, me retiro a dormir if there's nothing else I can do for you, I'll say goodnight

¿qué se le ofrece a la señora? what would you like o what can I get you to drink, madam? ( frml)

* * *

ofrecer ( conjugate ofrecer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo› to offer

b) ‹ dinero› to offer;

( en una subasta) to bid
c) ‹ fiesta› to give;

‹ recepción› to lay on
d) ‹sacrificio/víctima› to offer (up)

2
a) ‹oportunidad/posibilidad› to give, provide;

‹ dificultad› to present
b) [ persona] ‹ resistencia› to put up, offer

ofrecerse verbo pronominal
1 [ persona] to offer, volunteer;
ofrecerse A or PARA hacer algo to offer o volunteer to do sth
2 (frml) (querer, necesitar) ( gen neg o interrog):
◊ ¿qué se le ofrece, señora? what would you like, madam? (frml);

si no se le ofrece nada más if there's nothing else I can do for you
ofrecer verbo transitivo
1 (agua, ayuda, dinero, etc) to offer
2 (posibilidad, solución, consejo) to give
3 (un homenaje, banquete, etc) to hold
4 (aspecto) to present
5 Rel to offer (up)
' ofrecer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
brindar
- dar
- tender
- amparar
- convidar
- dedicar
- excusar
- querer
- tributar
English:
offer
- outbid
- part exchange
- present
- put up
- shall
- tender
- volunteer
- bid
- cater
- dispense
- feature
- give
- hand
- hold
- lay
- proffer
- put
- quote

* * *

ofrecer

♦ vt

1. [proporcionar, dar] to offer;

ofrecerle algo a alguien to offer sb sth;

me han ofrecido el puesto de director they've offered me the job of manager;

¿puedo ofrecerle algo de beber? may I offer you something to drink?;

ofrecen una recompensa por él they are offering a reward for his capture;

le ofrecieron una cena homenaje they held a dinner in his honour;

¿cuánto te ofrecen por la casa? how much are they offering you for the house?;

me ofrece la oportunidad o [m5] la ocasión de conocer la ciudad it gives me the chance to get to know the city

2. [en subastas] to bid;

¿qué ofrecen por esta mesa? what am I bid for this table?

3. [tener, presentar] to present;

la cocina ofrece un aspecto lamentable the kitchen is a sorry sight;

esta tarea ofrece algunas dificultades this task poses o presents a number of problems;

aquel negocio ofrecía inmejorables perspectivas that business had excellent prospects

4. [oraciones, sacrificio] to offer up;

ofrecer una misa por alguien to have a mass said for sb

♦ See also the pronominal verb ofrecerse

* * *

ofrecer

v/t offer

* * *

ofrecer {53} vt

1) : to offer

2) : to provide, to give

3) : to present (an appearance, etc.)

♦ See also the reflexive verb ofrecerse

* * *

ofrecer vb (proponer y dar) to offer

me ofreció su ayuda he offered to help me

mi primo me ofreció trabajar en su restaurante my cousin offered me a job in his restaurant

Spanish-English dictionary > ofrecer
43 AF

of

* * *

prep. w. dat.

I. Of place:

1) off, from;

G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;

ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;

Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;

Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;

hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;

Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;

tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;

bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;

land af landi, from one land to the other;

hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;

vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;

muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;

rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;

vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;

lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;

vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;

2) out of;

verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;

gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;

Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.

Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.

II. Of time; past, beyond:

af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;

ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;

þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;

var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.

III. In various other relations:

1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;

hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;

vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;

féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;

þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;

þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;

ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;

2) off, of;

höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;

vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;

þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;

absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;

fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;

3) of, among;

hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;

4) with;

hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;

fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;

5) of (= ór which is more frequent);

húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;

6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;

hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;

7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;

ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;

kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;

8) by, of (after passive);

ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;

ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;

9) on account of, by reason of, by;

úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;

ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;

af ástæld hans, by his popularity;

af því, therefore;

af hví, wherefor why;

af því at, because;

10) by means of, by;

framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;

af sínu fé, by one’s own means;

absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;

11) with adjectives, in regard to;

mildr af fé, liberal of money;

góðr af griðum, merciful;

fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;

12) used absol. with a verb, off away;

hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;

ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;

sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.

* * *

prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.

A. Loc.

I. With motion, off, from:

1. prop. corresp. to á,

α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.

β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.

γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.

δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.

ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.

ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).

2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).

II. WITHOUT MOTION:

1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.

2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.

β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.

γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.

3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.

β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.

4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.

B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:

1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.

2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.

3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.

C. In various other relations:

I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.

1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.

2. where an object is taken by force:

α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.

β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.

γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.

3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.

β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.

II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.

β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.

γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.

2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.

β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.

γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.

δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.

3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.

III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.

2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.

IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:

1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.

β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.

2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.

β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.

V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:

1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.

2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.

VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:

1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.

β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.

2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.

β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.

3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.

4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.

5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.

VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:

1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.

β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.

2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.

VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.

IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.

β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;

γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.

δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.

X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.

2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.

XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).

D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:

I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.

II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF
44 VERA

being

* * *

I)

(er; var, várum or vórum; verit), v.

1) to be, exist; þeir menn vóru, er, there were men who;

2) to be, happen; þat var, at hón fór brott, so it was that she went away; en er váraði, var þar búskortr, there was scarcity in the household; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her! þat var einn dag, at, it happened one day that; kann (má) v., at, it is possible, it may be that;

3) to last; meðan þingit væri, while the Thing lasted;

4) láta e-n v., to leave one alone (lát mik v. ok ger mér ekki illt); bað hann láta v., begged him to leave it undone, not to do it;

5) to dwell, stay; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, he asked her to stay in his booth; hann var á Höskuldsstöðum um nótt, he passed a night at H.;

6) with infin., hlymr var at heyra, a clattering was to be heard; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen; v. at gera e-t, to be doing a thing; kvað hann v. at telja silfr, said he was counting the money; denoting necessity, a thing about to happen, or to be done; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now all those must go out to whom leave is given; er nú eigi Kára at varast, now there is no need to beware of K.; nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now it is to be told that; nú er at segja frá Skamkatli, now we must tell of S.;

7) with a predicate (noun, a., or adv.); v. konungr, Jarl, biskup, to be king, earl, bishop; v. glaðr, sæll, hryggr, ungr, gamall, to be glad, happy, sad, young, old; v. vel, illa til e-s, to be well, ill-disposed towards one; þat er illa, it is sad; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently; orð kvað þá Vingi þats án veri, words which he had better not have said;

8) impers., e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold;

9) with past participles in passive sense; v. kallaðr, sagðr, tekinn, to be called, said, taken;

10) with preps., v. af e-u, to be off, out of (v. af klæðum); v. at e-u, to be busy at; verkmenn váru at arningu, they were ploughing; to be present (þar varstu at); ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers; v. eptir, to be left, remain (A. kvazt vilja v. eptir ok hvílast); v. fyrir, to lead ( see fyrir); v. til, to exist; v. um, undir, see um, undir.

II)

f.

1) stay, sojourn; ef hann á sér í vá veru, if he has a corner to stay in;

2) comfort (slíkt er válaðs v.).

* * *

older form vesa, the verb substantive; pres. em, ert, er, pl. erum, eruð, eru: pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pl. váru or vóru; a obsolete óru occurs, Sæm. (once), Orkn. 426. l. 11, Nj. 81, Thom. 28, 90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Ísl. ii. 482: pres. subj. sé, sér (Vþm. 4, 7), sé; the older form is sjá, en ek sjá, Clem. 138. l. 14; at ek sjá, … ok sé mér eigi reiðr, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the forms sják, sjákk, see below: the mod. forms are sé, sért, sér (eg sé, þú sért; s ert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5): imperat. ver, vertú; see Gramm. p. xxiii: there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22, Ls. 54; þatz án veri, Am. 36; skósmiðr þú verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.

A. CHANGES AND FORMS.—Vera is an anomalous verb, which has undergone several changes:

I. by changing s to r; of the older form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas; pres. subj. vesi; imperat. ves, MS. 623. 25. l. 14, 645. 6l. l. 33, 677. 40. l. 38; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. l. 27, 229. l. 12; vesum, Hom. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. l. 8; pres. indic. 2nd pers. est, Glúm. 372; 3rd pers. es: but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plur. indic. and subj. (váru væri, never vásu væsi). Rhymes in poets and the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alone existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 12th century, the time of Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Norway, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or so earlier; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) are distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r: the phrase ‘at upp vesandi sólu’, in N. G. L. i. 4, being the only instance of the s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of a rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rögnvald, earl of the Orkneys; he was a native of Norway, born about A. D. 1100, and the poem was composed about A. D. 1145; another instance is ‘vara, fara’ in Fms. vii. 185, in a poem about A. D. 1140, written by an Icelander who had lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore a Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snorri, A. D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnórr, and coeval poets; vesa, vísi; sás með Sygna ræsi; þági vas sem þessum; vask til Róms í háska; vastu, kosta; vas fyrir Mikkjals- messu; nú es um verk þau er vísi; bráskat þat dægr háski: from A. D. 1100–1150, Geisli, Pd., etc., svás, ræsir; esat, risnu; vasa, tysvar; vestu. freistni; vestu, traustla: on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rögvald, vera, skera; gera, vera; var, skar (twice): from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, erðu, fyrðum; ertú, h jarta; verðú, f orðast, Leiðarv. etc. This may sometimes serve as a test, e. g. var ek nær viðr-eign þ eirra, Grett., and skap-kers saman vera, Gísl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the early Saga time; the verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.

2. as to the spelling of the MSS.,—the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Eluc. 674, the Íb. etc.) use the s throughout: vellums of the next period, about A. D. 1200 (e. g. Arna-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later form sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts máldagi gives ‘es,’ not ‘er.’ Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such as the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm., the Grág., and the Mork., the mod. spelling has entirely got the better of the old, and an ‘es’ only creeps in, as if unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alone has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rest have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted above; such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda; but had that vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, etc. would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems.

3. on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers. pret. sing. is a word of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, e. g. ias vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and 101 (on a stone of the reign of Sweyn, died A. D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present the later form: the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, being of the middle of the 11th century (Ingvar died A. D. 1039); there we read, ‘vas’ (twice), ‘varinn’ (once), ‘var’ (thrice, being twice spelt with ᛦ, once with ᚱ): this shews that about this time in Sweden the later or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was still remembered.

II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negation; em’k (tautologically ek em’k = I-am-I), emk, Ad. 1, Vþm. 8, Fms. xi. 91; ek emk, Mork. 89. l. 13, 104. l. 23, Clem. 136. l. 20, 138. l. 13; vask, I was, 133. l. 25, Mork. 89. l. 16; vark, Post. 225, v. l. 15; ek vark, Ls. 35; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129. l. 27; es þú, art thou, l. 30, 130. l. 11; sjá’k ( may I be), ek sják, Mork. 134; at sják, 189. l. 29; ek sják, Hbl. 9, Hkv. 1. 20; at ek gjarn sják, Stor.; with double kk, þó at ek sjákk, Mork. 89.

2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopated erum, Stor. 1, Ad. 16, Hkv. 1. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (see senna); leið erum-k fjöll, Edda (in a verse); várumk, were to me, Am. 78.

3. suff. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in a verse); emkat-ek, am I not I, i. e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm. 18, Ó. H. 192 (in a verse): er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim; eru-ð, are not, Skv. 1. 42; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv.; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. (in a verse); veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. l. 8.

4. sá’s = sá es, that is, Hallfred (Fs. 95); svá’s = svá es, so is, Fms. vii. (in a verse).

III. the plur. eru when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffixed; this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwards disused; þeir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 2. 11; Æsir-ro, the Ases are, Vsp. 49; skildir-ro, shields are, 44; torogætir-ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse); hverjar-ro, which are, Vþm. 48; langir-ro, long are, Gg.; tveir-ro, þrír-ro, fjórir-ro, two, three, four are, Edda 108; báðir-ro, both are, Mork. 169; hér-ro, here are, 234; þér-ro, ye are, MS. 686 B. 1; hryggvir-ro, id.; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; úvar-ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; værrom, vérrom, we are, Edda i. 526, Fms. x. 421; hverrtu [cp. North. E. wh’art’ou, lad] (hverrtú karl, who art thou, carle?), Frissb. 256. l. 8; ir-rot, ye are, Ó. H. 151.

IV. the pres. 1st pers. em [Engl. am] has changed into er (eg er, þú ert, hann er), making the 1st and 3rd pers. uniform; this new form appears in vellums about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreviated (ē = em, eͬ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in hymns the old ‘em’ still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth. xxvii. 24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. 1, 5, Matth. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjáls, 1 Cor. ix. 1; em eg orðinn, 20, 22, and passim.

B. USAGE.—To be:

I. to be, exist; þær sakir skal fyrst dæma, ef þær eru, if such there are, Grág. (Kb.) i. 73; eigi vóru hans jafningjar, Eg. 1; Rachel grét sonu sína, … þvi at þeir eru eigi, Hom. 49; þeir menn vóru, er þess gátu, there were men who, Nj. 90.

2. to be, happen; þat var, at hón for brott, Nj. 51; él eitt mun vera, 198; þess sem vera vill, that which is to be, 186; ok er (is) Vagn þá fimtán vetra gamall, er þetta er, when this came to pass, Fms. xi. 97; at þessi orrosta hafi verit á öðrum degi viku, iii. 11; í þann tið var úfriðr Kristnum mönnum, Ver. 43; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er þér, Atli? er þér hryggt í hug, Gkv. 3.

3. to last; meðan þingit væri, Nj. 12; hirðit eigi at óttask píslir þeirra—þvíat stund eina eru, 623. 32; meðan líf hans var, Bret. 100; þykkir eigi vera mega svá búit, Fms. xi. 62: to remain, leave alone, láttu það vera, let that be, Flóv.

4. to be, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til Róms, I was at Rome, Sighvat; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, Nj. 12; Gunnarr var á Höskuld-stöðum um nótt, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347: so the phrase, biðja að lofa sér að vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller; lofa honum að vera, to take a stranger in; honum var boðit at vera, Vápn. 23; hefi ek hér verit síðan, Nj. 45; Hallkell var þar með Otkatli, 73; þeir vildu eigi vesa hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; vera samvistum við e-n, Grág. ii. 80; vera við e-t, to be present at, Hom. 129: vera at, to be present; vark at þar, Glúm.: vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113; meðan ek em í brautu, 52: sagðisk eigi vita hvar þau væri, were to be found, Dipl. ii. 20; hvar ertu? slá ein var um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; hygg ek at þar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er þér hér nú minja-griprinn, Nj. 203: as with the notion of ‘towards’ a place, an irregular construction, vartú á land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meðan þeir vóru til Danmerkr, Fms. x. 104; Ribbungar höfðu ekki verit út í landit, ix. 359; verit eigi til orrostu, vii. 263, v. l.; vera á fund hans, Eg. 26.

5. with prepp.; vera at, to be busy at (see ‘at’ A. II, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to lead (see fyrir): vera til, to exist (see til IV); eiga fjölskyldi, vandræði, um at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII); e-m er mikit, lítið, ekki um e-t (see um C. I. 3); vera við (see við B. VIII).

II. with a predicate:

1. with a noun, to be so and so; vera bróðir, systir, faðir, sonr, dóttir … e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup …, passim; hvers son ertú?—Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal þer Mörðr vera, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellípt., er þat ekki karla, that is not men’s (affair), 75; er þat ekki margra, ‘that is not for many,’ few are equal to that (cp. Lat. ‘non cuivis homini,’ etc.), 48.

2. with adjectives, to be so and so, of a state or condition; vera kunnigr, Fms. x. 370; vera glaðr, sæll, hryggr, dauðr, lifandi, … ungr, gamall, to be glad …, young, old, passim; þó at ek sjákk ótignari, Mork. 89; nema ek dauðr sják, Hbl. 9; þótt ek sják einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn, to be come: so too with adverbs, vera vel, ílla … til e-s, er við e-n, to be, behave well, ill … to one, passim; or also, þat er ílla, it is sad, Nj. 70, 71; ílla er þá, fyrr væri ílla, 75, 260; drengr góðr, þar sem vel skyldi vera, when it was to be, i. e. when she wished, 147; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143; at þú frændr þína vammalaust verir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 22; orð kvað hann þats án veri, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36.

3. impers., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grág.; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold, Nj. 95; er auðit, q. v.

4. with participles, in a passive sense; vera kallaðr, vera sagðr, tekinn, elskaðr, etc., to be called, said, taken, loved.

5. with infin.; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear, i. e. to be heard, Am.; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen, passim.

6. ellipt., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing at hand, about to happen, or to be done; ok er hér at þiggja, Hrafn, þann greiða sem þú vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake of what food thou wilt, Ísl. ii. 262; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200; nú er at verja sik, 83; er nú eigi Kára at varask, now there is no need to beware of K., 259; nú er at segja frá, now is to be told, 75, 259; er nú ekki fyrr frá at segja en þeir koma …, 21; er ekki um hans ferðir at tala fyrr en …, 215.

III. irregular usages:

1. ellipse of the infin. vera; ek skal þér Hrútr, I will [be] Hrútr to thee, Nj. 15; Gunnarr segir sér þat alvöru, G. says it [ is to be] his earnestness, 49; vil ek þá lauss máls þessa, 76; bað hann alla metta at miðri nótt, he begged all eating [ to be over] at midnight, Fms. ix. 353; þá þótti hverjum gott þar sem sat, Nj. 50; at skamt skyli okkar í meðal, 114; mun þín skömm lengi uppi, mun hans vörn uppi meðan landit er bygt, 116, 117: or also ‘var,’ ‘er’ may be understood, hann hafði hjálm á höfði, og gyrðr sverði, 70; sá ek glöggt hvat títt var,—barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju, a bairn in age, and to have slain such a champion! Glúm. 382: the dropping of the infin. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex. forms kveðsk, segjask, látask, þykkjask, virðask, sýnask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjective, as also after the verbs munu, skulu,—thus, hann sagðisk kominn, he said he was come; hann lezt búinn, he made as if he was ready; hann þóttisk staddr, he thought that he was …; skal þat á þínu umdæmi, Fms. xi. 89; þess eins er mér þykkir betr, … til hvers þykkjast þessir menn færir, Hrafn. 17; mun þat harðla lítið, 21; at fátt muni manna á fótum, 20; þú virðisk okkr vaskr maðr, 23; þessi hestr sýnisk mér eigi betri en aðrir, id.

2. an irregularity, occurring now and then, is the use of the sing. ‘er’ for plur. eru; mannföll þessi er sögð, Gullþ. 71; nú er fram komin sóknar-gögn, Nj. 242.

IV. recipr., erusk, vórusk; viðr-gefendr ok endr-gefendr erosk lengst vinir, Hm. 40; þeir er í nánd erusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3; þótt þau sésk eigi hjóna, though they be not man and wife, K. Þ. K. 158; ok városk góðir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89; ok várusk þeir fóstbræðr, 55.

V. as to the poët. medial form, erumk, várumk (see ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil: grimmt várumk hlið, the breach was cruel to me, Stor.; erumk-a leitt, it is not to me, Eg. (in a verse); erumka þokkt þjóða sinni, see sinni II; mærðar-efni erumk auð-skæf, Ad.; mjök erum(k) tregt tungu at hræra, it is hard for me to move the tongue, Stor. 1; (hence one might correct the end verse of that poem into nú ‘erumk’ torvelt, for the modernised nú ‘er mér’ torvelt); blautr erumk bergi-fótar borr, Eg. (at the end); to which add, þat erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi; lyst várumk þess, I had a longing to, Am. 74; ván erumk, ‘a hope is to me,’ I hope, Fagrsk. 122; the phrase, títt erumk, ‘tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse).

VI. part., allir menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3; æ-verandi, everlasting, Hom. 107; hjá-verandi, being present, Vm. 47; nær-verandis, present; engi nær-verandis maðr, öllum lýð nær-verandis, Th. 77; klerkar ok nær-verandi leikmenn, Mar.; at upp-vesandi sólu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4; verandi eigi úminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VERA
45 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
46 πληρόω

πληρόω impf. 3 sg. ἐπλήρου; fut. πληρώσω; 1 aor. ἐπλήρωσα; pf. πεπλήρωκα; plpf. 3 sg. πεπληρώκει (on the omission of the augm. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.: impf. ἐπληρούμην; 1 fut. πληρωθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπληρώθην; pf. πεπλήρωμαι; plpf. 3 sg. πεπλήρωτο (s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190) (Aeschyl., Hdt.+).

① to make full, fill (full)

ⓐ of things τὶ someth. τὴν γῆν (Orig., C. Cels. 3, 8, 29) B 6:12 (Gen 1:28; cp. Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 46 Harder [1926] τὸν πλείονα τῆς γῆς τόπον πληροῦσθαι with their descendants). Pass., of a net ἐπληρώθη Mt 13:48. πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη a ship’s sail filled out by the wind MPol 15:2.—τόπον πληρῶσαι fill a space Hs 9, 7, 5. ἐπλήρωσεν τοὺς τύπους τῶν λίθων he filled in the impressions of the stones (that had been removed) 9, 10, 2.—Also of sounds and odors (as well as light: schol. on Pla. 914b) ἦχος ἐπλήρωσεν τὸν οἶκον a sound filled the house Ac 2:2 (Diod S 11, 24, 4 αἱ οἰκίαι πένθους ἐπληροῦντο=with cries of grief). ἡ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς the house was filled with the fragrance J 12:3 (cp. Diod S 4, 64, 1 τὴν οἰκίαν πληρώσειν ἀτυχημάτων; Ael. Aristid. 36, 84 K.=48 p. 471 D.: ὅταν οἴκημα πληρωθῇ; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 23f [Stone p. 8] πλήρωσον τὸν οἶκον ἡμῶν [with aromatic plants]).—Also in other ways of the filling of impers. objects with real but intangible things or qualities: τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ (i.e. of the martyr Polycarp) χάριτος ἐπληροῦτο MPol 12:1 (χάρις 1 and 4). πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Ac 5:28. ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε (aor. impv. as a rhetor. demand; vv.ll. πληρώσετε, ἐπληρώσατε) τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν of filling the measure of sins (cp. Da 8:23) Mt 23:32; cp. ἐπεὶ πεπλήρωτο ἡ ἡμετέρα ἀδικία Dg 9:2. θεὸς πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν Phil 4:19 (cp. Thu. 1, 70, 7). πλ. τὴν καρδίαν τινός fill someone’s heart, i.e. take full possession of it (cp. Eccl 9:3) ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τ. καρδίαν J 16:6. διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ σατανᾶς τ. καρδίαν σοὺ; Ac 5:3 (Ad’Alès, RSR 24, ’34, 199f; 474f prefers the v.l. ἐπήρωσεν; against him LSt.-Paul Girard, Mém. de l’inst. franc. du Caire 67, ’37, 309–12). ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης πληροῖ τὰς ψυχάς Hm 11:2 (θείου πνεύματος πληρώσαντος … τὰς ψυχάς Orig., C. Cels. 3, 81, 20).—Of Christ, who passed through all the cosmic spheres ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα Eph 4:10 (cp. Jer 23:24; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 4 πάντα πεπλήρωκεν ὁ θεός, Vita Mos. 2, 238, Conf. Lingu. 136; Ath.8, 3 πάντα γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦτου πεπλήρωται). The mid. in the sense of the act. (B-D-F §316, 1; Rob. 805f. Cp. X., Hell. 6, 2, 14; 35 al.; Plut., Alc. 211 [35, 6]) τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου Eph 1:23 (πλήρωμα 2).

ⓑ of persons fill w. powers, qualities, etc. τινὰ someone ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ προφητικοῦ πνεύματος πληροῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον Hm 11:9a. τινά τινος someone with someth. (OdeSol 11:2; B-D-F §172; Rob. 510) πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11). Cp. Ro 15:13 (cp. POxy 3313, 3 χαρ[ᾶ ἡμ]ᾶ ἐπλήρωσα). τινά τινι someone with someth. (B-D-F §195, 2) ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν τῷ αὐτοῦ πνεύματι Hm 11:3.—Mostly pass., in pres., impf., fut., aor. become filled or full (Scholiast on Pla. 856e of μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ); in the perf. have been filled, be full: w. gen. of thing (Diod S 20, 21, 3 τῶν βασιλείων πεπληρωμένων φόνων=when the palace was full of murderous deeds; Diog. L. 5, 42 τὸ πάσης ἀρετῆς πεπληρῶσθαι) Lk 2:40 v.l.; Ac 13:52 (Jos., Ant. 15, 421 ἐπληρώθη χαρᾶς; cp. Just., A I, 49, 5); Ro 15:14; 2 Ti 1:4; Dg 10:3; IRo ins; Ox 840, 40f.—W. dat. of thing (Aeschyl., Sept. 464 et al.; Parthenius 10, 4 ἄχει ἐπληρώθη; 2 Macc 7:21; 3 Macc 4:16; 5:30; Just., D. 7, 1 πνεύματι. Cp. BGU 1108, 12 [I B.C.]) Lk 2:40; Ro 1:29; 2 Cor 7:4; Hm 5, 2, 7; 11:9b v.l. (for πλησθεί).—W. acc. of thing (pap use the act. and pass. w. acc. of thing in the sense ‘settle in full by [paying or delivering] someth.’: PLond II, 243, 11 p. 300 [346 A.D.]; 251, 30; POxy 1133, 8; 1134, 6; PFlor 27, 3 al.; B-D-F §159, 1; Rob. 510) πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης Phil 1:11. Cp. Col 1:9.—W. ἐν and dat. of thing ἐν πνεύματι with the Spirit Eph 5:18. ἐν πίστει καί ἀγάπῃ ISm ins. Cp. Col 4:12 v.l., in case ἐν κτλ. here belongs to πεπληρωμένοι (s. πληροφορέω 1b); but mng. 3 also merits attention. ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι Col 2:10 is prob. different, meaning not ‘with him’, but in him or through him.—Abs. Eph 3:19 (εἰς denotes the goal; s. πλήρωμα 3b). πεπλήρωμαι I am well supplied Phil 4:18 (cp. Diod S 14, 62, 5 πληροῦν τινα=supply someone fully).

② to complete a period of time, fill (up), complete (Pla., Leg. 9, 866a, Tim. 39d; Plut., Lucull. 516 [35, 8]; POxy 275, 24 [66 A.D.] μέχρι τοῦ τὸν χρόνον πληρωθῆναι; 491, 6; PTebt 374, 10; BGU 1047 III, 12 al. in pap; Gen 25:24; 29:21; Lev 8:33; 12:4; 25:30; Num 6:5; Tob 10:1; 1 Macc 3:49 al.; TestAbr B; TestJob 28:1 ἐπλήρωσα εἴκοσι ἔτη; ApcMos 13; Jos., Ant. 4, 78; 6, 49) in our lit. only pass. (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 17, 39; 41 πεπλήρωται τὰ τῆς ζωῆς ἔτη; Did., Gen. 195, 23) πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρός Mk 1:15; cp. J 7:8. χρόνος instead of καιρός Hs 6, 5, 2; cp. πληρωθέντος τοῦ χρόνου (pl.: Iren. 1, 17, 2 [Harv. I 168, 13]) when the time has elapsed 1 Cl 25:2. πεπλήρωνται αἱ ἡμέραι the days are over, have come to an end Hv 2, 2, 5. πληρωθέντων … τῶν ἡμερῶν GJs 5:2 (TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 4 [Stone p. 58]).—Ac 9:23. πεπλήρωται ὁ ὅρος τῶν ἐτῶν ending of Mk in the Freer ms. 6f. πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσερακοντα when forty years had passed Ac 7:30 (TestJud 9:2).—24:27; 1 Cl 25:5. ὡς ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ τεσσερακονταετὴς χρόνος when he had reached the age of 40 Ac 7:23 (PFlor 382, 6; 11 ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη ἐπλήρωσας). ἐπληρώθησαν οἱ μῆνες αὐτῆς ὡς εἶπεν ἕξ (Anna) had passed her sixth month as (the angel) said GJs 5:2 (but s. deStrycker ad loc.).

③ to bring to completion that which was already begun, complete, finish (X., Hell. 4, 8, 16; Herodian 1, 5, 8; Olympiodorus, Life of Plato p. 2 Westerm.: the hymn that was begun; Himerius, Or. 6 [2], 14 πληρῶσαι τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν=fully gratify the desire, in that the Persians wished to incorporate into their great empire a small piece of the west, i.e. Greece; ApcSed 13:1 τὴν μετάνοιαν) τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ bring (the preaching of) the gospel to completion by proclaiming it in the most remote areas Ro 15:19; sim. πλ. τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Col 1:25. πληρώσατέ μου τ. χαράν Phil 2:2. Cp. 2 Th 1:11.—Pass. 2 Cor 10:6; Col 4:12 v.l. (s. 1b above). ὁ πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται Gal 5:14 because of its past tense is prob. to be translated the whole law has found its full expression in a single word or is summed up under one entry (s. s.v. λόγος 2a; some would put this passage under 4b). οὐχ εὕρηκά σου ἔργα πεπληρωμένα Rv 3:2. Johannine usage speaks of joy that is made complete (the act. in Phil 2:2, s. above) J 3:29; 15:11; 16:24; 17:13; 1J 1:4; 2J 12.

④ to bring to a designed end, fulfill a prophecy, an obligation, a promise, a law, a request, a purpose, a desire, a hope, a duty, a fate, a destiny, etc. (Pla., Gorg. 63, 507e ἐπιθυμίας [cp. TestJos 4:7 ἐπιθυμίαν]; Herodian 2, 7, 6 ὑποσχέσεις; Epict. 2, 9, 3; 8 ἐπαγγελίαν; Plut., Cic. 869 [17, 5] τὸ χρεών [=destiny]; Procop. Soph., Ep. 68 τ. ἐλπίδας; Spartan ins in BSA 12, 1905/6, p. 452 [I A.D.] τὰ εἰθισμένα; pap, LXX; Philo, Praem. 83 τὰς θείας παραινέσεις μὴ κενὰς ἀπολιπεῖν τῶν οἰκείων πράξεων, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι τοὺς λόγους ἔργοις ἐπαινετοῖς=the divine exhortations it [God’s people] did not leave devoid of appropriate performance, but carried out the words with praiseworthy deeds; Jos., Ant. 5, 145; 14, 486).

ⓐ of the fulfillment of divine predictions or promises. The word stands almost always in the passive be fulfilled (Polyaenus 1, 18 τοῦ λογίου πεπληρωμένου; Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31, II 2 p. 202, 21 ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ τῆς εἱμαρμένης δρᾶμα; 3 Km 2:27; TestBenj 3:8 προφητεία; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 4) and refers mostly to the Tanach and its words: τοῦτο γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (cp. 2 Ch 36:21) Mt 1:22; cp. 2:15, 17, 23; 4:14; 8:17; 12:17; 13:35; 21:4; 26:54, 56; 27:9 (PNepper-Christensen, D. Mt-evangelium, ’58, 136–62); Mk 14:49; 15:27(28) v.l. (after Lk 22:37); Lk 1:20; 4:21; 21:22 v.l.; 24:44; J 12:38; 13:18; 15:25; 17:12; 19:24, 36; Ac 1:16 (cp. Test Napht 7:1 δεῖ ταῦτα πληρωθῆναι); Js 2:23. A vision ἔδει γὰρ τὸ τῆς … ὀπτασίας πληρωθῆναι for what (Polycarp) had seen in his vision was destined to be fulfilled MPol 12:3.—The OT type finds its fulfillment in the antitype Lk 22:16 (cp. MBlack, ET 57, ’45/46, 25f, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 229–36). At times one of Jesus’ predictions is fulfilled: J 18:9, 32. The act. bring to fulfillment, partly of God, who brings divine prophecies to fulfillment Ac 3:18; MPol 14:2, partly of humans who, by what they do, help to bring divine prophecies to realization (Vi. Thu. 1, 8 [=OxfT p. xii, 8] οὗτος ἐπλήρωσε τὰ μεμαντευμένα) Ac 13:27. Jesus himself fulfills his destiny by dying, as God’s messengers Moses and Elijah foretell Lk 9:31.—GPt 5:17.

ⓑ a prayer (Chariton 8, 1, 9 πεπληρώκασιν οἱ θεοὶ τὰς εὐχάς; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 16 the god πεπλήρωκε τ. εὐχήν [=prayer]; IBM 894, 8 of answered prayer) πληρῶσαί μου τὴν αἴτησιν answer my prayer ITr 13:3 (cp. Ps 19:5; TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 4 [Stone p. 40]). A command(ment) (Herodian 3, 11, 4 τὰς ἐντολάς; POxy 1252A, 9 πλήρωσον τὸ κεκελευσμένον; 1 Macc 2:55; SibOr 3, 246) πεπλήρωκεν ἐντολὴν δικαιοσύνης Pol 3:3. νόμον (Ps.-Demetr., Form. Ep. p. 12, 9; cp. Hdt. 1, 199 ἐκπλῆσαι τὸν νόμον) Ro 13:8; pass. Gal 5:14 (but s. 3 above and cp. Aeschyl., Ag. 313). τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου Ro 8:4. πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην (cp. 4 Macc 12:14 πλ. τὴν εὐσέβειαν) Mt 3:15 (s. AFridrichsen: Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. I 1928, 167–77; OEissfeldt, ZNW 61, ’70, 209–15 and s. βαπτίζω 2a, end); pass. ISm 1:1 (s. δικαιοσύνη 3b). Also ἐστὶ πρέπον πληρωθῆναι πάντα it is fitting that all things should be fulfilled GEb 18, 40 (cp. APF 3, 1906, 370 II, 7 [II A.D.] ἕως ἅπαντα τὰ κατʼ ἐμὲ πεπληρῶσθαι).—A duty or office βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν …, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς pay attention to your duty … and perform it Col 4:17 (cp. CIG 2336 πλ. πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν κ. λειτουργίαν; PFlor 382, 40 πληρῶσαι τὴν λειτουργίαν; ISardRobert I p. 39 n. 5).—Abs., in the broadest sense and in contrast to καταλύειν (s. καταλύω 3a): οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι Mt 5:17; depending on how one prefers to interpret the context, πληρόω is understood here either as fulfill=do, carry out, or as bring to full expression=show it forth in its true mng., or as fill up=complete (s. AKlöpper, ZWT 39, 1896, 1ff; AHarnack, Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II 1911, 225ff, SBBerlAk 1912, 184ff; JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu 1919, 155ff; Dalman, Jesus 56–66 confirm; WHatch, ATR 18, ’36, 129–40; HLjungman, D. Gesetz Erfüllen, ’54; WKümmel, Verheissung u. Erfüllung³, ’56; JO’Rourke, The Fulfilment Texts in Mt, CBQ 24, ’62, 394–403).

⑤ to bring to completion an activity in which one has been involved from its beginning, complete, finish (1 Macc 4:19) πάντα τὰ ῥήματα Lk 7:1 (cp. TestBenj 12:1 τοὺ λόγου). τὴν διακονίαν Ac 12:25. [τὰς τοῦ κυρίου οἰκο]νομίας πληρῶσε (=πληρῶσαι) to carry out to the end God’s designs (i.e. Paul’s life as programmed by God is about to be concluded) AcPl Ha 5, 27; cp. the restoration in 6, 26 ο̣ἰ̣κο̣ν̣[ομίαν πληρώσω] (cp. the description of Jeremiah’s death ParJer 9:31 ἐπληρώθη αὐτοῦ οἰκονομία); τὸν δρόμον Ac 13:25; cp. the abs. ἕως πληρώσωσιν until they should complete (their course) Rv 6:11 v.l. (s. 6 below). τὸ ἔργον Ac 14:26. τὴν εὐχήν MPol 15:1. τὰ κυνηγέσια 12:2 (another probability here is the quite rare [Hdt. 2, 7 al.] intr. sense be complete, be at an end). Pass. be accomplished, be finished, at an end (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 24, 9 as a saying of Philip as he lay dying: ἐμοῦ τὸ πεπρωμένον πεπλήρωται = my destiny has been fulfilled; Mel., P. 43, 297 ὁ νόμος ἐπληρώθη τοῦ εὐαγγελίου φωτισθέτος) ὡς ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα Ac 19:21. ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν Lk 21:24. αἱ ἀποκαλύψεις αὗται τέλος ἔχουσιν• πεπληρωμέναι γάρ εἰσιν these revelations have attained their purpose, for they are completed Hv 3, 3, 2.

⑥ complete a number, pass. have the number made complete (since Hdt. 7, 29; Iren. 1, 16, 2 [Harv. I 161, 6]; Hippol., Ref. 6, 51, 2) ἕως πληρωθῶσιν οἱ σύνδουλοι Rv 6:11 (s. 5 above).—CMoule, Fulfilment Words in the NT, NTS 14, ’68, 293–320. DELG s.v. πίμπλημι. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πληρόω
47 على

عَلَى \ against: touching (usually sth. upright): The rain beat against the window. He pressed his nose against the glass. on: showing where sb. or sth. is placed: He lay on his back on the bed. The picture hung on a nail on the wall. Your name is on the list. He hit me on the nose. The boat is on the river (in the water). The house is on the river (beside the water), as in the previous meaning, but with movement (often with to) He jumped on (to) his horse. The book fell on (to) the floor. onto: on to: He sprang onto the table. over: lying across; resting on; covering: A cloud was over the sun. She spread a cloth over the table, across the surface of Ships sail over the sea, above (in rank, etc.) He rules over a proud people, about; concerning They quarrelled over the resutl of the race. You need not hurry over your dinner. upon: on. \ عَلَى \ on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea; on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. \ See Also نَحْوَ البَرّ، اليابسة (اليَابِسَة)‏ \ عَلَى \ ashore: on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea. \ See Also نَحْوَ الشّاطِئ \ عَلَى اتِّصَال (عكس مُنْقَطع عن)‏ \ in touch: (the opposite is out of touch) giving or receiving news: I’ve been in touch with my brother by telephone. The radio keeps us in touch with world events. \ عَلَى أتَمّ ما يكُون من التَّرتيب والهِنْدام \ spick and span: (as a predic. phrase) neat, clean and bright: Sailors usually keep their boats spick and span. \ عَلَى الأَثير \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى أَحْسَن وَجْه \ best, well, better: in the best way: Peter played best last week. \ عَلَى أرْبَع \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle. \ عَلَى الأرض \ over: from an upright (or straight) position to a flat (or bent) position: I fell over. He knocked me over. She bent over to pick it up. \ عَلَى استعداد \ content: willing: I’m content to wait for my turn. \ عَلَى أشُدِّه \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى الإطلاق \ little: (coming just before the verb) not at all: I little knew (or Little did I know) that next day he would be dead. not in the least: not at all: It doesn’t matter in the least. whatever: at all: I have no money whatever. whatsoever: a strong form of whatever; at all: Tell him nothing whatsoever!. \ عَلَى الأَغْلَب \ for the most part: mostly: He is old and for the most part he stays at home. \ عَلَى أَقْصَى ما تستطيع رؤيتَه \ in the distance: far away (from the point where one is): In the distance he could see the mountains. \ عَلَى الأَقَلّ \ a good: (with numbers) at least: He lives a good 3 miles away. at least: (showing that sth. is true, necessary, etc., even if sth. else is not) in spite of what has just been said or is just going to be said: He may be lazy but at least he’s honest. You can at least be polite even if you don’t like him, not less than It cost at least $100. quite: at least; not less than: The journey took quite three hours. \ عَلَى الأَكثَر \ largely: mostly: The accident was largely his own fault. mainly: chiefly; mostly. \ عَلَى انفِراد \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private. \ عَلَى أُهْبَة الاستعداد \ stand by: to be ready, in case one may be needed: The soldiers were told to stand by. \ عَلَى أَيّ حال \ anyhow: in any case: I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. anyway: in any case: I may be late; anyway, don’t wait for me, in any case I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. at all events, in any event: in any case; whatever may happen or has happened: He didn’t win but, at all events, he did try hard. at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. in any case: no matter what else may be considered, anyhow: It costs too much. In any case, I don’t really need it. \ عَلَى أيَّة حال \ all the same, at the same time: (only at the start of a sentence; comparing points that are for and against) in spite of this: He’s not clever; all the same, he does try hard. however: all the same; in spite of what has just been said: I’m very tired; however, I’ll come and help you. \ عَلَى بُعد \ away: at a distance: Brighton is 60 miles away. Keep away from the wet paint. beyond: further; on or to the farther side: I looked across the river to the hills beyond. \ عَلَى التَّخْصِيص \ in particular: especially: I enjoyed his first song in particular. \ عَلَى التَّوَالي \ respectively: separately, in that order: Boys and girls will be examined on Monday and Tuesday respectively (the boys on Monday, the girls on Tuesday). \ عَلَى جَانِب \ up: along (up and down are both used like this, although the course may be quite level): He lives just up the road. \ عَلَى الجميع \ round: to everyone: He handed the coffee round. There were not enough cups to go round. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ \ as far as, so far as: (showing a limit): As far as I know, he’s not here. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ سَواء \ alike: in the same way: He treats us all alike. \ عَلَى حَدِّ عِلْمي \ to the best knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, he is honest (I have no reason to doubt his honesty). \ عَلَى حِدَة \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private?. separate: not joined or shared; apart: Keep the new milk separate from the old. \ عَلَى حَقّ (مُحِقّ)‏ \ be in the right: not be at fault: Although they said she’d made a mistake, they discovered she was in the right. \ عَلَى حِين غِرَّة \ all of a sudden: in a sudden manner. suddenly: in a sudden manner: The door opened suddenly. \ عَلَى خَطَأ \ in the wrong: mistaken (in one’s judgement, behaviour etc.). \ عَلَى الدَّوام \ always: at all times. \ عَلَى رؤوس الأصابِع \ on tiptoe: on the tips of one’s toes: I can reach that if I stand on tiptoe. \ عَلَى الرّاجح \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِن \ despite: in spite of: Despite his age, the old man walks several miles every day. for all: in spite of: For all his strength, he could not lift it. much as: although: Much as I admire him, I could not work with him. spite, in spite of: (of sth. that fails) even with: In spite of his efforts, he could not save her life, without regard to; not caring about (a difficulty) In spite of his illness, he attended the ceremony. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِنْ أَنَّ \ although: in spite of the fact that; (without a verb) in spite of being: Although (he was) ill, he went to work. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم من ذلك \ even so: in spite of that: He may be foolish; even so, you should help him. just the same: (showing one thing that is not the natural result of another) in spite of this: He’s a thief, but I like him just the same. nevertheless: in spite of that: I told him it would be dangerous, but nevertheless he did it. still: in spite of that: We rarely win; but still, we enjoy playing. \ عَلَى سَبيل المِثال \ for instance: as an example: He’s often late. Yesterday, for instance, he came home after midnight. \ عَلَى السَّطح كلِّه \ over: (esp. with all) across a surface: The table was wet all over. He rubbed it over with a dry cloth. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. I soon drew level with the leading runner. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ flush: exactly on a level with; not sticking out from; meeting exactly at the edges: The door is flush with the wall when it is closed. \ See Also مستوى (مُسْتَوًى)‏ \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة واحدة \ even: equal: The table legs were not of even length. He shared the money evenly among them. \ عَلَى شاكِلَة \ like: the same as: What is he like (in appearance and character)? He’s just like his father., What does it feel (or look or taste or smell or sound) like?. in the same way as:: He swims like a fish. \ عَلَى شَرْط \ provide (that), also providing (that): if; on condition that: I’ll go, provided (that) you’ll go too. \ عَلَى شَفَا \ on the brink of: close to (sth. dangerous or exciting): on the brink of war. on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. on one’s last legs: (of a person or thing) not expected to last much longer; worn out; almost in ruins: That company is on its last legs. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ See Also شفير (الموت أو الإفلاس، إلخ)، عَلى وَشْك \ عَلَى صَهْوَةِ الجَوَاد \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ضِغْن \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ See Also على غير رَغْبَة \ عَلَى طُولِ \ along: following the line of: He ran along the road. down: along (without regard to level): We raced down the street. My friend lives just down the road. \ عَلَى ظَهْر \ on deck: on an uncovered deck, in the open air. \ See Also سَطْح السفينة \ عَلَى ظَهْر الحِصان \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ظَهْر السَّفينة \ on board: on (or on to) a ship or aeroplane: There are 70 men on board. Can I go on board the aircraft?. \ عَلَى ظَهْر الصَّفْحَة \ overleaf: on the back of the page: Please fill in this paper, and sign your name overleaf. \ عَلَى عَرْض \ across: over; from one side to the other of: He ran across the street. There is a bridge across the stream. \ عَلَى العَكْس \ on the contrary: (expressing disagreement) the opposite is true: It’s not worn out - on the contrary, it’s quite new. \ عَلَى عِلْم بِـ \ familiar with: knowing; accustomed to: I’m not familiar with English law. \ عَلَى عُلُوّ \ high: (in compounds) to the height of: The grass was waist-high. \ عَلَى الغالِب \ probably: almost certainly; with little doubt: You’re probably right. \ عَلَى غَيْر انتظار \ surprisingly: unexpectedly: a surprisingly good result. \ عَلَى غَيْر رَغْبَة \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ عَلَى غَيْر هُدًى \ adrift: (of boats) loose; floating about with no control: Our ship was wrecked and we were left adrift in a small boat on the ocean. \ عَلَى فَتَرات مُنْتَظِمة \ periodically: from time to time. \ عَلَى فَرض أنّ \ (conj.) supposing: if: Supposing he’s late, shall we wait for him? Even supposing the lorry comes, it will still be too late. \ عَلَى الفِطْرة \ na]ve: too simple to be sensible; lacking wisdom and experience: a na]ve question; a na]ve young girl. \ عَلَى فِكْرَة \ by the way: used to show that the speaker is about to change the subject: Thank you for your help. By the way, would you like to come to our party next week?. \ عَلَى الفَوْر \ directly: at once: He arrived directly after me. instantly: at once. off-hand: without thought or preparation: I can’t say off-hand what it cost, but it was over $1000. \ عَلَى قافية واحدة \ rhyme: (of word endings) to have the same sound: ‘Consideration’ rhymes with ‘nation’, ‘Port’ rhymes with ‘thought’. ‘Pleasure’ rhymes with ‘measure’ but not with ‘pressure’. \ عَلَى قَدْر \ according to: in the proper way for; depending on: Each man was paid according to his skill. \ عَلَى قَدَم وَسَاق \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى قَيْد الحَيَاة \ alive: living: He was buried alive when part of a cliff fell on him. \ عَلَى كُلّ حال \ at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. \ عَلَى مَا يَبْدُو \ apparently: it seems (from what people say): I thought she was 15, but apparently is older. \ عَلَى ما يَصِل إليه عِلْمي \ to the best of my knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, my son has never met her. \ See Also على مَبْلَغ علمي \ عَلَى المَدَى الطَّويل \ in the long run: after a period of time; in the end: It’ll be cheaper in the long run to buy good quality shoes. \ عَلَى مسؤوليَّته الشخصيّة \ at one’s own risk: agreeing that any troube will be one’s own fault: The bridge is unsafe but you can cross it at your own risk. \ عَلَى مسافة قريبة مِن \ off: a short distance from: an island off the English coast. \ عَلَى مُسْتَوًى \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. \ عَلَى مِصْرَاعَيْه (فَتَحَ الباب)‏ \ wide: (with open) fully: open the door wide. Leave it wide open. \ عَلَى نَحْو مماثِل \ similarly: in the same way: They were similarly dressed. \ عَلَى نَسَق \ on the lines of: in the general form of: We’re planning some sports on the lines of the Olympic Games, but for schoolboys only. \ عَلَى نَفْس الوَتيرة \ even: (of movement) regular; steady: Her heart was not beating evenly. \ عَلَى نَوبات \ fits and starts: in short bursts; starting and stopping: The engine only goes in fits and starts. \ See Also فترات \ عَلَى هذا المُعَدَّل \ at that rate: if those conditions continue: He keeps stopping for a rest; at that rate, he won’t finish the job today. \ عَلَى هذا النَّحْو \ so: in this way; in that way: Don’t shout so!. thus: in this way. \ عَلَى الهَوَاء \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى وَتِيرَة واحدة \ monotonous: (of a voice, a job, a way of life, etc.) dull, never changing and therefore uninteresting. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ \ unusually: (with an adj.) very; strangely: It is unusually cold in here today. \ See Also بشكل غير عاديّ \ عَلَى وَجْهِ التَّقْريب \ roughly: (with numbers and amounts) not exactly; about: roughly 50 trees; roughly a mile away. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ الخُصُوص \ particularly: especially: a particularly nasty smell. \ عَلَى الوَجهِ الصحيح \ duly: properly; as expected: The bill was duly paid. The train duly arrived. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ العُمُوم \ in general: in most cases: Men in general are taller than women. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ ما \ somehow: in some way or other, by some means or other: I’ll pay for it somehow, even if I have to ask someone to lend me the money. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ مُسْتَهْجَن \ oddly: strangely: She behaved very oddly last night. \ عَلَى مِقْدار عِلْمي \ for all I know: as far as I know: For all I know, you may have stolen this. \ عَلَى مَقْرُبةٍ \ near: close to, in position: His house is near my own. \ عَلَى مَقرُبة مِن \ about: around; near There’s a lot of illness about. I went out early, when no one was about (when no one else was out). \ عَلَى مَهْل \ leisurely: without haste: He likes a leisurely walk in the evening. \ عَلَى نَحْو أسوأ \ worse: more bad; more badly: Murder is worse than stealing. It is a worse crime. You write even worse than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ أَفْضَل \ better, well, best: in a better way: He drives better than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْو تامّ \ strictly: exactly: Strictly speaking (If I tell you the exact truth) this ticket is out of date; but I’ll let you travel with it. \ See Also كامل (كامِل)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْو خَطير \ badly: seriously: He was badly wounded. \ عَلَى نَحْو رَخْو \ loosely: in a loose way: a loosely tied knot. \ See Also غير مُحْكَم \ عَلَى نَحْو رَدِيء \ badly: in a bad manner: badly dressed; badly made. \ عَلَى نَحْو صارم \ strictly: very firmly: Smoking in this cinema is strictly forbidden. \ See Also دَقيق \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ right: correctly: You guessed right. \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ rightly: justly; correctly: You acted rightly. \ See Also ملائم (مُلائم)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ كَامِل \ absolutely: without conditions: You must agree absolutely and not to try to change matters later. \ عَلَى نَحو مألوف \ ordinarily: usually. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُرْضٍ \ well: (the adv. form of the adj. good; see better, best) in a good and pleasing way: Well done! You played very well. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُلحّ \ badly: (with need, want) very much: They need money badly. \ عَلَى وَشْك \ on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. \ عَلَى وَشْك أَنْ \ be about to do sth.: to be ready to do it; be just going to do it: I was about to go when he arrived. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ عَلَى يَد (مِن قِبَل)‏ \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ عَلَى اليدين والرِّجلين \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle.

Arabic-English dictionary > على
48 alcanzar

v.

1 to catch up with (igualarse con).

¿a que no me alcanzas? bet you can't catch me!

Yo alcanzo a Ricardo I catch up with Richard.

2 to reach (llegar a).

alcanzar la meta to reach the finishing line

lo alcancé con una escalera I used a ladder to reach it

alcanzó la costa a nado he swam to the coast

este coche alcanza los 200 km/h this car can do up to o reach 200 km/h

el desempleo ha alcanzado un máximo histórico unemployment is at o has reached an all-time high

3 to achieve (lograr) (objetivo).

alcanzar la fama/el éxito to achieve fame/success

4 to hit.

le alcanzaron dos disparos he was hit by two shots

5 to reach up to, to reach, to reach at, to get at.

Yo alcanzo el techo I reach up to the ceiling.

6 to have enough.

Me alcanzó la gasolina I had enough gas.

7 to attain, to come to, to achieve, to get.

Alcanzo la felicidad I attain happiness.

8 to get to, to come up to, to come to.

Alcancé la frontera I got to the border.

9 to reach up for, to get.

Yo alcancé la caja sobre el armario I reached up for the box above the armoire.

10 to manage to, to be able to, to get to.

Mario alcanzó ver el ocaso Mario managed to see the sunset.

11 to be enough.

Alcanzó la comida There was enough food.

12 to fit.

Yo alcanzo I fit

13 to pass, to hand, to hand over.

María alcanzó la sal Mary passed the salt.

* * *

alcanzar

Conjugation model [ REALIZAR], like realizar

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to reach

■ no alcanzo el libro I can't reach the book

2 (persona) to catch up, catch up with

■ los alcanzamos en la esquina we'll catch up with them at the corner

3 (pasar) to pass, hand over

■ alcánzame el agua pass me some water

4 (entender) to understand, grasp

5 (conseguir) to attain, achieve

■ alcanzamos los objetivos we achieved the goals

6 (golpear) to hit

■ el tiro la alcanzó en el pie the shot hit her in the foot

7 (afectar) to affect

■ eso no nos alcanza it doesn't affect us

► verbo intransitivo

1 (ser suficiente) to be sufficient ( para, for), be enough ( para, for), suffice ( para, for)

■ eso no alcanza para todos that's not enough for all of us

2 (ser capaz) to manage, succeed

■ no alcanzo a verlo I can't see it

* * *

verb

1) to reach

2) catch up with

3) achieve, attain

4) suffice, be enough

* * *

1. VT

1) [en carrera]

a) [+ persona] (=llegar a la altura de) to catch up (with)

la alcancé cuando salía por la puerta — I caught up with her o I caught her up just as she was going out of the door

están a punto de alcanzar al grupo de cabeza — they are about to catch (up with) the leading group

dentro de poco alcanzará a su padre en altura — he'll soon be as tall as his father

b) [+ ladrón, autobús, tren] to catch

no nos alcanzarán nunca — they'll never catch us

2) (=llegar a) [+ cima, límite, edad] to reach

por fin alcanzaron la cima — they finally reached the summit

alcanzó las cajas con un palo — she reached the boxes with a stick

puede alcanzar una velocidad de 200km/h — it can reach speeds of up to 200km/h

alcanzó el rango de general — he reached the rank of general

la producción ha alcanzado las 20 toneladas — production has reached 20 tons

el libro ha alcanzado ya las seis ediciones — the book is already in its sixth edition

las montañas alcanzan los 5.000m — the mountains rise to 5,000m

el termómetro llegó a alcanzar los cuarenta grados — temperatures rose as high as forty degrees

• alcanzar la mayoría de edad — to come of age

• alcanzó la orilla a nado — he made it to the shore by swimming, he swam back to the shore

• no llegó a alcanzar la pubertad — he never made it as far as puberty

3) (=conseguir) [+ acuerdo] to reach; [+ éxito, objetivo] to achieve

el acuerdo fue alcanzado tras muchos meses de conversaciones — the agreement was reached after many months of talks

las expectativas no se corresponden con los resultados alcanzados — the expectations are out of proportion with the results that have been achieved

• alcanzar la fama — to find fame, become famous

alcanzar la paz — to achieve peace

4) (=afectar) to affect

el cambio nos alcanzará a todos — the change will affect us all

una ley que alcanza sobre todo a los jubilados — a law which mainly affects o hits pensioners

5) [bala] to hit

uno de los dos disparos alcanzó al presidente — the president was hit by one of the two shots

la lancha fue alcanzada por un obús — the launch was hit by a shell

6) esp LAm (=dar) to pass

alcánzame la sal, por favor — could you pass (me) the salt, please?

¿me alcanzas las tijeras? — could you pass me the scissors?

7) * (=entender) to grasp, understand

no alcanza más allá de lo que le han enseñado — he's only capable of understanding what he's been taught

2. VI

1) (=llegar) to reach (a, hasta as far as)

no alcanzo — I can't reach

no alcanzaba al timbre — she couldn't reach (as far as) the doorbell

• hasta donde alcanza la vista — as far as the eye can see

2)

• alcanzar a hacer algo — to manage to do sth

no alcancé a verlo — I didn't manage to see him

no alcanzo a ver cómo pudo suceder — I can't see how it can have happened

no alcanzo a comprender sus razones — I just can't understand her reasons

3) (=ser suficiente) to be enough

• con dos botellas alcanzará para todos — two bottles will be enough for everyone

el sueldo no me alcanza para nada — I can't make ends meet on my salary

¿te alcanza para el tren? — esp LAm have you got enough money for the train?

4) LAm (=ascender)

¿a cuánto alcanza todo? — how much does it all come to?

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < persona> ( llegar a la altura de) to catch up with, to catch... up (BrE); (pillar, agarrar) to catch

lo alcancé en la curva — I caught up with him on the bend

a que no me alcanzas! — I bet you can't catch me! (colloq)

b) (en tarea, estatura) to catch up with

2) ( llegar a) < lugar> to reach, get to; <temperatura/nivel/edad> to reach

a pesar del tráfico alcancé el avión — despite the traffic I managed to catch the plane

casi no alcanzo el tren — I almost missed the train

lo alcancé con un palo — I used a pole to get at it o reach it

estos árboles alcanzan una gran altura — these trees can reach o grow to a great height

alcanza una velocidad de... — it reaches a speed of...

alcanza enormes distancias — it covers vast distances

alcanzar la mayoría de edad — to come of age

3) (conseguir, obtener) <objetivo/éxito> to achieve; < acuerdo> to reach

se pretende alcanzar los 100 millones de pesos — they are hoping to reach a target of 100 million pesos

4) (acercar, pasar)

alcanzarle algo a alguien — to pass somebody something, to pass something to somebody

¿me alcanzas el libro? — could you pass me the book?

5)

a) bala/misil to hit

fue alcanzado por un misil — it was hit by a missile

b) ( afectar) to affect

la medida ha alcanzado a la clase trabajadora — the measure has affected the working classes
2.
alcanzar vi

1) ( llegar)

está muy alto, no alcanzo — it's too high, I can't reach it

hasta donde alcanzaba la vista — as far as the eye could see

alcanzar a + inf — to manage to + inf

no alcanzó a terminar — she didn't manage to finish

hasta donde alcanzo a ver — as far as I can see

2) ( ser suficiente) comida/provisones to be enough

el sueldo no le alcanza — he can't manage on his salary

me alcanzará hasta final de mes — it will see me through to the end of the month

con una limpiadita, alcanza — just a quick clean will do

* * *

= attain, gain, reach, run to, catch up with, reach for.

Ex. A fully comparative account of recommendations for filing orders is likely to prove confusing until the reader has attained some familiarity with the general problems, and the solutions offered by one code.

Ex. To many, therefore, this emphasis on information can provide a much-needed opportunity to gain the public library new influence and respect.

Ex. This is in part due to the different stages of development reached by different libraries.

Ex. Obviously a book on the chemistry of mercury which runs to 200 pages will give less detail than one which runs to 600 pages.

Ex. The information centre is now catching up with the belief of its 1984 architect that it would be an electronic library.

Ex. She said that a man came in with a ski mask on but that she was able to scare him away when she reached for a baseball bat.

----

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* alcanzar + Cantidad = run into + Cantidad.

* alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.

* alcanzar dimensiones épicas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar el culmen de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar el destino de Uno = reach + Posesivo + destination.

* alcanzar el estrellato = rise to + stardom, reach + stardom.

* alcanzar el límite de = reach + the limits of.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.

* alcanzar el máximo = reach + a head.

* alcanzar el momento cumbre = reach + summit.

* alcanzar el punto crítico = come to + a head.

* alcanzar el punto culminante = climax.

* alcanzar el punto de ebullición = reach + boiling point.

* alcanzar el punto más álgido = peak, come into + full bloom.

* alcanzar la cifra de = total.

* alcanzar la cumbre de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar la cúspide de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar la fama = rise to + stardom, reach + stardom.

* alcanzar la madurez = come to + maturity, bring to + maturity, achieve + maturity, reach + maturity.

* alcanzar la mayoría de edad = come of + age.

* alcanzar la plenitud = come to + full flower.

* alcanzar masa crítica = reach + critical mass, achieve + critical mass.

* alcanzar mayores cotas = rise to + greater heights.

* alcanzar niveles mínimos = reach + a low ebb.

* alcanzar popularidad = catch on.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + apogeo = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + punto álgido = reach + Posesivo + peak.

* alcanzar proporciones alarmantes = reach + alarming proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones catastróficas = reach + catastrophic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones de crisis = grow to + crisis proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones desmesuradas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones épicas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones exageradas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar su auge = reach + Posesivo + height.

* alcanzar una conclusión = reach + conclusion, arrive at + conclusion.

* alcanzar una cota = hit + high.

* alcanzar una coyuntura crítica = reach + a critical juncture.

* alcanzar un acuerdo = reach + agreement, reach + compromise, hammer out + agreement.

* alcanzar una decisión = arrive at + decision.

* alcanzar una meta = accomplish + goal, achieve + goal, meet + Posesivo + goal.

* alcanzar una solución = arrive at + a solution.

* alcanzar un compromiso = reach + agreement.

* alcanzar un objetivo = attain + goal.

* alcanzar un precio = fetch + Dinero.

* hasta donde alcance = to the limits of.

* hasta donde alcanza la vista = as far as the eye can see.

* intentar alcanzar = reach for.

* no alcanzar a + Infinitivo (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + Gerundio.

* un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < persona> ( llegar a la altura de) to catch up with, to catch... up (BrE); (pillar, agarrar) to catch

lo alcancé en la curva — I caught up with him on the bend

a que no me alcanzas! — I bet you can't catch me! (colloq)

b) (en tarea, estatura) to catch up with

2) ( llegar a) < lugar> to reach, get to; <temperatura/nivel/edad> to reach

a pesar del tráfico alcancé el avión — despite the traffic I managed to catch the plane

casi no alcanzo el tren — I almost missed the train

lo alcancé con un palo — I used a pole to get at it o reach it

estos árboles alcanzan una gran altura — these trees can reach o grow to a great height

alcanza una velocidad de... — it reaches a speed of...

alcanza enormes distancias — it covers vast distances

alcanzar la mayoría de edad — to come of age

3) (conseguir, obtener) <objetivo/éxito> to achieve; < acuerdo> to reach

se pretende alcanzar los 100 millones de pesos — they are hoping to reach a target of 100 million pesos

4) (acercar, pasar)

alcanzarle algo a alguien — to pass somebody something, to pass something to somebody

¿me alcanzas el libro? — could you pass me the book?

5)

a) bala/misil to hit

fue alcanzado por un misil — it was hit by a missile

b) ( afectar) to affect

la medida ha alcanzado a la clase trabajadora — the measure has affected the working classes
2.
alcanzar vi

1) ( llegar)

está muy alto, no alcanzo — it's too high, I can't reach it

hasta donde alcanzaba la vista — as far as the eye could see

alcanzar a + inf — to manage to + inf

no alcanzó a terminar — she didn't manage to finish

hasta donde alcanzo a ver — as far as I can see

2) ( ser suficiente) comida/provisones to be enough

el sueldo no le alcanza — he can't manage on his salary

me alcanzará hasta final de mes — it will see me through to the end of the month

con una limpiadita, alcanza — just a quick clean will do

* * *

= attain, gain, reach, run to, catch up with, reach for.

Ex: A fully comparative account of recommendations for filing orders is likely to prove confusing until the reader has attained some familiarity with the general problems, and the solutions offered by one code.

Ex: To many, therefore, this emphasis on information can provide a much-needed opportunity to gain the public library new influence and respect.

Ex: This is in part due to the different stages of development reached by different libraries.

Ex: Obviously a book on the chemistry of mercury which runs to 200 pages will give less detail than one which runs to 600 pages.

Ex: The information centre is now catching up with the belief of its 1984 architect that it would be an electronic library.

Ex: She said that a man came in with a ski mask on but that she was able to scare him away when she reached for a baseball bat.

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* alcanzar + Cantidad = run into + Cantidad.

* alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.

* alcanzar dimensiones épicas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar el culmen de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar el destino de Uno = reach + Posesivo + destination.

* alcanzar el estrellato = rise to + stardom, reach + stardom.

* alcanzar el límite de = reach + the limits of.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.

* alcanzar el máximo = reach + a head.

* alcanzar el momento cumbre = reach + summit.

* alcanzar el punto crítico = come to + a head.

* alcanzar el punto culminante = climax.

* alcanzar el punto de ebullición = reach + boiling point.

* alcanzar el punto más álgido = peak, come into + full bloom.

* alcanzar la cifra de = total.

* alcanzar la cumbre de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar la cúspide de = reach + the pinnacle of, reach + the height of.

* alcanzar la fama = rise to + stardom, reach + stardom.

* alcanzar la madurez = come to + maturity, bring to + maturity, achieve + maturity, reach + maturity.

* alcanzar la mayoría de edad = come of + age.

* alcanzar la plenitud = come to + full flower.

* alcanzar masa crítica = reach + critical mass, achieve + critical mass.

* alcanzar mayores cotas = rise to + greater heights.

* alcanzar niveles mínimos = reach + a low ebb.

* alcanzar popularidad = catch on.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + apogeo = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + punto álgido = reach + Posesivo + peak.

* alcanzar proporciones alarmantes = reach + alarming proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones catastróficas = reach + catastrophic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones de crisis = grow to + crisis proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones desmesuradas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones épicas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar proporciones exageradas = reach + epic proportions.

* alcanzar su auge = reach + Posesivo + height.

* alcanzar una conclusión = reach + conclusion, arrive at + conclusion.

* alcanzar una cota = hit + high.

* alcanzar una coyuntura crítica = reach + a critical juncture.

* alcanzar un acuerdo = reach + agreement, reach + compromise, hammer out + agreement.

* alcanzar una decisión = arrive at + decision.

* alcanzar una meta = accomplish + goal, achieve + goal, meet + Posesivo + goal.

* alcanzar una solución = arrive at + a solution.

* alcanzar un compromiso = reach + agreement.

* alcanzar un objetivo = attain + goal.

* alcanzar un precio = fetch + Dinero.

* hasta donde alcance = to the limits of.

* hasta donde alcanza la vista = as far as the eye can see.

* intentar alcanzar = reach for.

* no alcanzar a + Infinitivo (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + Gerundio.

* un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.

* * *

alcanzar [A4 ]

vt

A

1 ‹persona› (llegar a la altura de) to catch up with, to catch … up ( BrE); (pillar, agarrar) to catch

a este paso no los vamos a alcanzar nunca at this rate we'll never catch up with them o catch them up

¡a que no me alcanzas! bet you can't catch me! ( colloq)

2 (en los estudios, en una tarea) to catch … up, to catch up with; (en estatura) to catch up with

empecé después que tú y ya te alcancé I started after you and I've caught up with you already

¡qué alto está! cualquier día alcanzará a su hermano look how tall he's getting! he'll be catching up with his brother soon!

B

1 ‹lugar› to reach, get to

los bomberos habían logrado alcanzar el segundo piso the firemen had managed to reach o get up to the second floor

a pesar del tráfico alcancé el avión/tren despite the traffic I managed to catch the plane/train

lo alcancé con un palo I used a pole to get at it o reach it

2 ‹temperatura› to reach; ‹edad/pubertad› to reach

el termómetro alcanzó los 40 grados the thermometer got up to o reached o registered 40 degrees

estos árboles alcanzan una gran altura these trees can reach o grow to a great height

algunos lagos alcanzan los 300 metros de profundidad some lakes are as deep as 300 meters o reach depths of 300 meters

un libro donde la estupidez alcanza su máxima expresión a book in which stupidity reaches its peak o which is the ultimate in stupidity

el aire expulsado alcanza una velocidad de 120 km/h the air expelled reaches a speed of 120 kph

el proyectil alcanzaba distancias de casi 1.000 metros the projectile could reach distances of o had a range of almost 1,000 meters

alcanzar la mayoría de edad to come of age, to reach the age of majority

3 (conseguir, obtener) ‹objetivo/resultado› to achieve; ‹acuerdo› to reach; ‹fama/éxito› to achieve

alcanzó todas las metas que se propuso en la vida he achieved all the goals he set himself in life

los resultados alcanzados hasta ahora son excelentes the results achieved o attained up to now have been excellent

los acuerdos alcanzados en materia de desarme the agreements reached in the field of disarmament

se pretende alcanzar una recaudación de 100 millones de pesos they are hoping to take in ( AmE) o ( BrE) take as much as 100 million pesos

los candidatos no alcanzaban el nivel requerido the candidates did not reach o meet the required standard

C (acercar, pasar) alcanzarle algo A algn to pass sb sth, to pass sth TO sb

¿me alcanzas ese libro? could you pass me that book?

D

1 «bala/misil» to hit

el número de barcos alcanzados por misiles the number of ships hit by missiles

2

(afectar): la medida ha alcanzado a la clase trabajadora the measure has affected the working classes

■ alcanzar

vi

A

(llegar): está muy alto, no alcanzo it's too high, I can't reach it

hasta donde alcanzaba la vista as far as the eye could see

alcanzar A + INF to manage to + INF

no alcanzó a terminar she didn't manage to finish

hasta donde alcanzo a ver, la situación no tiene arreglo as far as I can see there's no solution

algo que la mente humana no alcanza a entender something which the human mind cannot comprehend

B

(ser suficiente): el pollo no alcanzará para todos there won't be enough chicken for everyone o to go round

el sueldo no le alcanza he can't manage o get by on his salary

me alcanzará hasta final de mes it will see me through to the end of the month

no me alcanza el papel para envolver el regalo I haven't got enough paper to wrap the present in

con que le des una limpiadita, alcanza if you give it a quick clean, that will do o that will be good enough

* * *

alcanzar ( conjugate alcanzar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹ persona› ( llegar a la altura de) to catch up with, to catch … up (BrE);

(pillar, agarrar) to catch;
◊ lo alcancé en la curva I caught up with him on the bend;

¡a que no me alcanzas! I bet you can't catch me! (colloq)
b) (en tarea, estatura) to catch up with

2 ( llegar a) ‹ lugar› to reach, get to;
‹temperatura/nivel/edad› to reach;
◊ casi no alcanzo el tren I almost missed the train;

estos árboles alcanzan una gran altura these trees can reach o grow to a great height;
alcanzar la mayoría de edad to come of age
3 (conseguir, obtener) ‹objetivo/éxito› to achieve;
‹ acuerdo› to reach
4 (acercar, pasar) alcanzarle algo a algn to pass sb sth, to pass sth to sb
verbo intransitivo
1 ( llegar con la mano) to reach;
◊ hasta donde alcanzaba la vista as far as the eye could see;

alcanzar a hacer algo to manage to do sth
2 ( ser suficiente) [comida/provisones] to be enough;
◊ el sueldo no le alcanza he can't manage on his salary

alcanzar
I verbo transitivo
1 to reach
2 (coger a una persona) to catch up with
3 (llegar hasta una cantidad) to be up to: su biblioteca alcanza los tres mil ejemplares, his library is up to three thousand volumes
4 (acercar algo) to pass: alcánzame una silla, pass me a chair
5 (lograr) to attain, achieve
II vi (ser suficiente) to be sufficient: ese dinero no alcanza para un piso, this money isn't enough to buy a flat
' alcanzar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
atinar
- cobrar
- conseguir
- llegar
- situarse
- alargar
- caza
- cumplir
- dar
English:
achieve
- arm-twisting
- attain
- authoritarian
- blossom
- catch up
- come up to
- get at
- last
- means
- reach
- rise
- short
- strike
- catch
- come
- command
- do
- eke out
- elusive
- fulfill
- glimpse
- hit
- level
- manageable
- see
- stretch
- strive

* * *

alcanzar

♦ vt

1. [igualarse con] to catch up with;

si estudias duro, alcanzarás a tu hermana if you study hard you'll catch up with your sister;

¿a que no me alcanzas? bet you can't catch me!;

vayan ustedes delante que ya los alcanzaré you go on ahead, I'll catch you up

2. [llegar a] to reach;
[autobús, tren] to manage to catch;
alcanzar el autobús to catch the bus;

lo alcancé con una escalera I used a ladder to reach it;

los termómetros alcanzarán mañana los 30 grados the temperature tomorrow will reach o go as high as 30 degrees;

alcanzar la mayoría de edad to come of age;

alcanzar la meta to reach the finishing line;

alcanzar un precio alto [en subasta] to sell for o obtain a high price;

alcanzó la costa a nado he swam to the coast;

su sueldo no alcanza el salario mínimo she earns less than the minimum wage;

este coche alcanza los 200 km/h this car can do up to o reach 200 km/h;

el desempleo ha alcanzado un máximo histórico unemployment is at o has reached an all-time high

3. [lograr] to obtain;

alcanzar un objetivo to achieve a goal;

alcanzó su sueño tras años de trabajo after years of work, he achieved his dream;

el equipo alcanzó su segundo campeonato consecutivo the team won o achieved their second championship in a row;

alcanzar la fama/el éxito to achieve fame/success;

alcanzar la madurez to come of age, to reach maturity

4. [entregar] to pass;

alcánzame la sal could you pass me the salt?;

alcánzame ese jarrón, que no llego hasta el estante could you get that vase down for me, I can't reach the shelf

5. [golpear, dar] to hit;

el proyectil alcanzó de lleno el centro de la ciudad the shell exploded right in the centre of the city;

le alcanzaron dos disparos he was hit by two shots;

el árbol fue alcanzado por un rayo the tree was struck by lightning

6. [afectar] to affect;

la epidemia no les alcanzó they were unaffected by the epidemic;

la sequía no alcanza a esta provincia this province has been untouched by the drought

♦ vi

1. [ser suficiente]
alcanzar para algo/alguien to be enough for sth/sb;

el sueldo no me alcanza para llegar a fin de mes my salary isn't enough to make ends meet;

no sé si alcanzará para todos I don't know if there'll be enough for everyone

2. [poder]
alcanzar a hacer algo to manage to do sth;

alcancé a verlo unos segundos I managed to see him for a few seconds;

no alcanzo a comprender por qué I can't begin to understand why;

no alcanzo a ver lo que quieres decir I can't quite see what you mean

3. [llegar]
está tan alto que no alcanzo it's too high for me to reach, it's so high up I can't reach it;

hasta donde alcanza la vista as far as the eye can see;

hasta donde alcanzo a recordar as far back as I can remember

* * *

alcanzar

I v/t a alguien catch up with; lugar reach, get to; en nivel reach; objetivo achieve; cantidad amount to;

alcanzar la cifra de amount to, stand at

II v/i

1 en altura reach

2 en cantidad be enough;

el dinero no alcanza I/we etc can’t afford it

3

:

alcanzar a oír/ver manage to hear/see

* * *

alcanzar {21} vt

1) : to reach

2) : to catch up with

3) lograr: to achieve, to attain

alcanzar vi

1) dar: to suffice, to be enough

2)

alcanzar a : to manage to

* * *

alcanzar vb

1. (en general) to reach

ya alcanza a la estantería she can reach the shelf now

2. (conseguir) to achieve

alcanzó su meta he achieved his goal

3. (pillar) to catch up [pt. & pp. caught]

lo alcancé al final de la calle I caught him up at the end of the street

4. (bastar) to be enough

el pan no alcanza para todos there's not enough bread for everyone

Spanish-English dictionary > alcanzar
49 vivo

adj.

1 live, alive, living, above-ground.

2 lively, keen, alert, brisk.

3 bright, shining, vivid.

4 alive, passionate.

f. & m.

living person.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: vivir.

* * *

vivo

► adjetivo

1 (que tiene vida) living; (que está) alive

■ materia viva living matter

■ Pepe está vivo Pepe is alive

2 (fuego, llama) live, burning

3 (lengua) living

4 figurado (color etc) bright, vivid

5 figurado (animado) lively, vivacious

6 figurado (dolor, emoción, etc) acute, deep, intense

7 figurado (descripción etc) lively, graphic

8 figurado (carácter) quick, irritable

9 figurado (listo) quick-witted

10 figurado (astuto) shrewd, sly

11 figurado (llaga, herida) open

► nombre masculino,nombre femenino

1 living person

■ los vivos the living

2 familiar figurado (astuto) quick-witted person

► nombre masculino vivo

1 COSTURA trimming, border

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a lo vivo vividly

de viva voz verbally, by word of mouth

en carne viva raw, red raw 2 figurado fresh

en vivo TELEVISIÓN live

al rojo vivo red-hot

herir a alguien en lo más vivo / tocar a alguien en lo más vivo figurado to cut somebody to the quick

¿quién vive? MILITAR who goes there?

ser el vivo retrato de / ser la viva imagen de familiar to be the spitting image of

tener el genio vivo to be quick-tempered

fuerzas vivas figurado driving forces

————————

vivo

► nombre masculino

1 COSTURA trimming, border

* * *

(f. - viva)

adj.

1) alive

2) lively

3) vivid

* * *
vivo, -a
1. ADJ

1) (=con vida)

a) [persona, animal] (tras sustantivo) living; (tras verbo) alive

los seres vivos — living beings

lo quemaron vivo — he was burned alive

se busca vivo o muerto — wanted, dead or alive

venden los cebos vivos — they sell live bait

b) [piel] raw

tenía la piel en carne viva — his skin was raw

me dio o hirió en lo más vivo — it cut me to the quick

a lo vivo —

le quitó la muela a lo vivo — he just pulled the tooth clean out

lo explica a lo vivo — he explains it very expressively

describir algo a lo vivo — to describe sth very realistically
cal, fuerza 5), lágrima, lengua 4)
2) (TV, Radio)

en vivo — (=en directo) live; (=en persona) in person

una transmisión en vivo desde el estadio — a live broadcast from the stadium

un espectáculo con música en vivo — a live music show, a show with live music

¿has visto en vivo a algún famoso? — have you ever seen anyone famous in the flesh?

3) (=intenso) [descripción] vivid, graphic; [imaginación, mirada, ritmo] lively; [movimiento, paso] quick, lively; [color] bright; [sensación] acute; [genio] fiery; [ingenio] ready; [inteligencia] sharp, keen; [filo] sharp

su recuerdo siempre seguirá vivo entre nosotros — her memory will always be with us, her memory will live on in our minds

- ser la viva imagen o el vivo retrato de algn
rojo 2., 1), voz 1)
4) [persona] (=listo) clever; (=astuto) sharp; (=animado) lively

pasarse de vivo — to be too clever by half *

2. SM/ F

1) *
(=aprovechado)
es un vivo — he's a clever one *, he's a sly one *

2)

los vivos — the living

3.

SM (Cos) edging, border

* * *
I
- va adjetivo

1)

a) ( con vida) alive

no quedó nadie vivo — no one was left alive

es una leyenda viva — he is a living legend

mantener vivo un recuerdo — to keep a memory alive

a lo vivo — (fam) without anesthetic*

en vivo — <actuación/transmisión> live

b) < lengua> living (before n)

2)

a) < persona> (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly; < descripción> vivid, graphic; <relato/imaginación> lively

b) < color> bright, vivid; <llama/fuego> bright; <ojos/mirada> lively, bright

c) <sentimiento/deseo> intense, strong

en lo más vivo: me hirió en lo más vivo he cut me to the quick; me afectó en lo más vivo — it affected me very deeply

3) (avispado, astuto) sharp

no seas tan vivo — don't try to be clever

esos vendedores son muy vivos — those salesmen are razor-sharp (colloq)
II
- va masculino, femenino ( oportunista) sharp o smooth operator (colloq); ( aprovechado) freeloader

* * *

= alive, live, living, vivid, quickened, vibrant + Color, bright [brighter -comp., brightest -sup.], living and breathing, surviving, walking, land of the living, the, spry [spryer comp., spryest -sup.], sprightly [sprightlier -comp., sprightliest -sup.], shrewd [shrewder -comp., shrewdest -sup.].

Ex. Armstrong Sperry's 'Call It Courage' is now some years old but still to my mind an attractive and alive book.

Ex. By designing the floors to carry a superimposed live load of 6.5 kN/m2, it is easy to move bookshelves, reader places and other library functions to any part of the building.

Ex. Few librarians have had both his dedication and ability to make the catalog a living tool serving all of the people.

Ex. There are vivid examples of serious fires and other natural disasters occuring in libraries that cause incalculable financial and academic losses to society.

Ex. For a storyteller preparation is like rehearsal for an orchestra; there will be passages that need emphasis, and some that need a slow pace, others that need a quickened tempo, and so on = La preparación de un narrador de cuentos es como el ensayo de una orquesta; habrá pasajes que necesiten énfasis, otros un ritmo lento, otros un ritmo acelerado, etcétera.

Ex. The store was gutted and rebuilt, according to his specifications, into a beautiful, modern facility, decorated in vibrant hues and furnished with the latest Herman Miller offerings.

Ex. The openness of the now accessible stacks is emphasised by use of glass and bright colours.

Ex. They are more than simple documents -- they are living and breathing expressions of important ethical concerns.

Ex. Interviews were with a surviving next of kin or a nonrelative about three months after the event of death.

Ex. He is a walking history of modern librarianship and has been a mentor to many.

Ex. This is a review article on a book by Stephen M. Borish ' The Land of the Living'.

Ex. A spry 80 years young, Virginia has been painting murals for the last 50 years and a lot can be said for the advantages of experience.

Ex. He was described as a ' sprightly nonagenarian' who was born in 1905.

Ex. Payment is very important and can be a problem so the businessman needs to be streetwise and shrewd with a good business acumen.

----

* actuación en vivo = live performance, live entertainment.

* apagar la cal viva = slake + quicklime.

* a viva voz = open outcry.

* cal viva = quicklime.

* comerse Algo vivo, devorarse Algo = eat + Nombre + alive.

* concierto en vivo = live concert.

* continuar vivo = live on.

* cosa viva = living thing.

* de viva voz = orally, word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.

* entre los vivos = land of the living, the.

* en vivo = live-action, in vivo, live.

* imaginación muy viva = vivid imagination.

* leyenda vivida = living legend.

* llorar a lágrima viva = sob + Posesivo + heart out, cry + Posesivo + heart out, cry + uncontrollably.

* mantener Algo vivo = keep + the flame alive, keep + Nombre + at the fore.

* mantener vivo = keep + alive, keep + Nombre + going.

* materia viva = living matter.

* monumento vivo = living monument.

* música en vivo = live music.

* no vivo = nonliving [non-living].

* organismo vivo = living thing.

* permanecer vivo = remain + alive.

* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.

* publicación seriada viva = active serial.

* revista viva = active journal.

* rojo vivo = vibrant red, vermilion [vermillion].

* seguir vivo = live on, stay + alive.

* sentirse vivo = feel + alive.

* ser un vivo retrato de = be a dead ringer for.

* servicio de referencia en vivo = live reference.

* ser vivo = sentient being.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* viva + Nombre = long live + Nombre.

* vivos, los = living, the.

* * *
I
- va adjetivo

1)

a) ( con vida) alive

no quedó nadie vivo — no one was left alive

es una leyenda viva — he is a living legend

mantener vivo un recuerdo — to keep a memory alive

a lo vivo — (fam) without anesthetic*

en vivo — <actuación/transmisión> live

b) < lengua> living (before n)

2)

a) < persona> (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly; < descripción> vivid, graphic; <relato/imaginación> lively

b) < color> bright, vivid; <llama/fuego> bright; <ojos/mirada> lively, bright

c) <sentimiento/deseo> intense, strong

en lo más vivo: me hirió en lo más vivo he cut me to the quick; me afectó en lo más vivo — it affected me very deeply

3) (avispado, astuto) sharp

no seas tan vivo — don't try to be clever

esos vendedores son muy vivos — those salesmen are razor-sharp (colloq)
II
- va masculino, femenino ( oportunista) sharp o smooth operator (colloq); ( aprovechado) freeloader

* * *

= alive, live, living, vivid, quickened, vibrant + Color, bright [brighter -comp., brightest -sup.], living and breathing, surviving, walking, land of the living, the, spry [spryer comp., spryest -sup.], sprightly [sprightlier -comp., sprightliest -sup.], shrewd [shrewder -comp., shrewdest -sup.].

Ex: Armstrong Sperry's 'Call It Courage' is now some years old but still to my mind an attractive and alive book.

Ex: By designing the floors to carry a superimposed live load of 6.5 kN/m2, it is easy to move bookshelves, reader places and other library functions to any part of the building.

Ex: Few librarians have had both his dedication and ability to make the catalog a living tool serving all of the people.

Ex: There are vivid examples of serious fires and other natural disasters occuring in libraries that cause incalculable financial and academic losses to society.

Ex: For a storyteller preparation is like rehearsal for an orchestra; there will be passages that need emphasis, and some that need a slow pace, others that need a quickened tempo, and so on = La preparación de un narrador de cuentos es como el ensayo de una orquesta; habrá pasajes que necesiten énfasis, otros un ritmo lento, otros un ritmo acelerado, etcétera.

Ex: The store was gutted and rebuilt, according to his specifications, into a beautiful, modern facility, decorated in vibrant hues and furnished with the latest Herman Miller offerings.

Ex: The openness of the now accessible stacks is emphasised by use of glass and bright colours.

Ex: They are more than simple documents -- they are living and breathing expressions of important ethical concerns.

Ex: Interviews were with a surviving next of kin or a nonrelative about three months after the event of death.

Ex: He is a walking history of modern librarianship and has been a mentor to many.

Ex: This is a review article on a book by Stephen M. Borish ' The Land of the Living'.

Ex: A spry 80 years young, Virginia has been painting murals for the last 50 years and a lot can be said for the advantages of experience.

Ex: He was described as a ' sprightly nonagenarian' who was born in 1905.

Ex: Payment is very important and can be a problem so the businessman needs to be streetwise and shrewd with a good business acumen.

* actuación en vivo = live performance, live entertainment.

* apagar la cal viva = slake + quicklime.

* a viva voz = open outcry.

* cal viva = quicklime.

* comerse Algo vivo, devorarse Algo = eat + Nombre + alive.

* concierto en vivo = live concert.

* continuar vivo = live on.

* cosa viva = living thing.

* de viva voz = orally, word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.

* entre los vivos = land of the living, the.

* en vivo = live-action, in vivo, live.

* imaginación muy viva = vivid imagination.

* leyenda vivida = living legend.

* llorar a lágrima viva = sob + Posesivo + heart out, cry + Posesivo + heart out, cry + uncontrollably.

* mantener Algo vivo = keep + the flame alive, keep + Nombre + at the fore.

* mantener vivo = keep + alive, keep + Nombre + going.

* materia viva = living matter.

* monumento vivo = living monument.

* música en vivo = live music.

* no vivo = nonliving [non-living].

* organismo vivo = living thing.

* permanecer vivo = remain + alive.

* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.

* publicación seriada viva = active serial.

* revista viva = active journal.

* rojo vivo = vibrant red, vermilion [vermillion].

* seguir vivo = live on, stay + alive.

* sentirse vivo = feel + alive.

* ser un vivo retrato de = be a dead ringer for.

* servicio de referencia en vivo = live reference.

* ser vivo = sentient being.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* viva + Nombre = long live + Nombre.

* vivos, los = living, the.

* * *

vivo¹ -va

adjective

A

1 (con vida) alive

[ S ] se busca vivo o muerto wanted, dead or alive

los mosquitos me están comiendo vivo ( fam); I'm being eaten alive by mosquitoes

no vimos ninguna serpiente viva we didn't see any live snakes

es ya una leyenda viva he is a legend in his own lifetime, he is a living legend

mantuvo viva su fé she kept her faith alive

a lo vivo ( fam); without anesthetic*

en vivo live

música en vivo live music

hicieron el programa en vivo they did the program live

2 ‹lengua› living ( before n)

el idioma sigue vivo the language is still alive

B

1 ‹persona› (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly

2 ‹descripción› vivid, graphic; ‹relato/imaginación› lively

aún tengo vivo en la memoria aquel momento I can still remember that moment vividly

3 ‹color› bright, vivid; ‹llama/fuego› bright rojo² (↑ rojo (2))

4 ‹ojos/mirada› lively, bright

5 ‹sentimiento/deseo› intense, strong

lo más vivo: sus palabras me llegaron a lo más vivo her words cut me to the quick

su muerte me afectó en lo más vivo his death affected me very deeply

C (avispado, astuto) sharp

ése es muy vivo y no se va a dejar engañar that guy is too smart o sharp to be taken in ( colloq)

no seas tan vivo, que ésta es mi parte don't try to be clever o to pull a fast one, this is my share ( colloq)

esos vendedores son muy vivos those salesmen are razor-sharp ( colloq)

vivo² -va

masculine, feminine

( fam)

1 (oportunista) sharp o smooth operator ( colloq)

2 (aprovechado) crafty devil ( colloq)

* * *

Del verbo vivir: ( conjugate vivir)

vivo es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

Multiple Entries:
vivir
vivo
vivir ( conjugate vivir) verbo intransitivo
1 ( en general) to live;
◊ vive solo he lives alone o on his own;

vivo para algo/algn to live for sth/sb;
vivo en paz to live in peace;
la pintura no da para vivo you can't make a living from painting;
el sueldo no le alcanza para vivo his salary isn't enough (for him) to live on;
vivo de algo ‹ de la caridad› to live on sth;

‹del arte/de la pesca› to make a living from sth;
ver tb
◊ renta

2 ( estar vivo) to be alive
3 ( como interj):
◊ ¡viva el Rey! long live the King!;

¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom!;
¡viva! hurray!
verbo transitivo
a) ( pasar por):

◊ vivo momentos difíciles to live in difficult times;

los que vivimos la guerra those of us who lived through the war
b) ‹personaje/música› to live

c) ‹ vida› to live

vivo
◊ -va adjetivo

1
a) ( con vida) alive;

◊ no quedó nadie vivo no one was left alive;

en vivo ‹actuación/transmisión› live
b) ‹ lengua› living ( before n)

2
a) ‹ persona› (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly;

‹ descripción› vivid, graphic;
‹relato/imaginación› lively
b) ‹ color› bright, vivid;

‹llama/fuego› bright;
‹ojos/mirada› lively, bright
c) ‹sentimiento/deseo› intense, strong

3 (avispado, astuto) sharp;
◊ no seas tan vivo don't try to be clever

■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( oportunista) sharp o smooth operator (colloq);
( aprovechado) freeloader
vivir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (tener vida) to live: vivió ochenta años, she lived to be eighty
¡aún vive!, he's still alive!
2 (estar residiendo) to live: viven en Australia, they live in Australia
3 (en la memoria) su recuerdo aún vive en nosotros, our memories of him still live on
4 (subsistir) no es suficiente para vivir, it's not enough to live on
esa gente vive de la caza, those people live from o by hunting
5 (convivir) viven juntos desde hace muchos años, they've been living together for years
II vtr (pasar una experiencia) to live through
III sustantivo masculino
1 life, living
2 (una persona) de mal vivir, loose, disreputable
♦ Locuciones: dejar vivir a alguien, (no molestar) vive y deja vivir, live and let live; familiar no vivir alguien, (preocupación, angustia) desde que tiene esa grave enfermedad, sus padres no viven, his parents have been in a state of anxiety since he's had this serious illness; familiar vivir la vida alguien, (libertad, ociosidad) ha acabado la carrera y ahora se dedica a vivir la vida, now he's finished his university studies he's going to enjoy life
vivo,-a
I adjetivo
1 alive: todavía está vivo, he's still alive
(un espectáculo) en vivo, live ➣ Ver nota en alive 2 (persona: vital, alegre) vivacious
(astuta) sharp
3 (intenso, brillante) bright
una camisa de un rojo vivo, a bright red shirt
4 (un relato, descripción) lively, graphic
(un sentimiento) intense, deep
II sustantivo masculino y femenino (persona avispada, astuta) sharp
♦ Locuciones: al rojo vivo, red-hot
familiar vivito y coleando, alive and kicking
' vivo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
actualmente
- alegre
- alta
- alto
- ardiente
- criatura
- despierta
- despierto
- emisión
- ser
- estrangular
- extremidad
- fogón
- macho
- mantener
- prodigio
- retrato
- revivir
- roja
- rojo
- salud
- subsistir
- viva
- crecer
- espabilado
- inquieto
- listo
- paseo
- posibilidad
- punta
- que
- vivir
English:
active
- actually
- alive
- alone
- animate
- animated
- bright
- brighten up
- dad
- daddy
- deep
- develop
- eat
- fur
- hot up
- image
- keen
- live
- lively
- living
- midway
- near
- on
- out
- quicktempered
- red-hot
- rich
- solid
- spit
- still
- up
- vivid
- beyond
- concert
- glow
- hedge
- hedgerow
- home
- longing
- memory
- pull
- quick
- red
- sear
- survive

* * *

vivo, -a

♦ adj

1. [ser, lengua] living

2. [tras verbo] alive;

estar vivo [persona, costumbre, recuerdo] to be alive;

su recuerdo sigue vivo entre los suyos his memory lives on among his family;

quemar vivo alguien to burn sb alive

3. [intenso] [dolor, deseo, olor] intense;
[luz, color, tono] bright; [genio] quick, hot; [paso, ritmo] lively;
un vivo interés por algo a lively interest in sth

4. [con vitalidad] [gestos, ojos] lively;
[descripción, recuerdo] vivid;
es el vivo retrato de su padre he's the spitting image of his father

5. [despierto] quick, sharp;
[astuto] shrewd, sly
♦ los vivos nmpl

the living

♦ en vivo loc adj
[en directo] live; [sin anestesia] without anaesthetic;
haremos el programa en vivo we will do the programme live

* * *

vivo

I adj

1 alive;

los seres vivo living things;

en vivo concierto live

2 fig fam

sharp, smart

3 color bright

4 ritmo lively

II m, viva f sharp operator

* * *

vivo, -va adj

1) : alive

2) intenso: vivid, bright, intense

3) animado: lively, vivacious

4) astuto: sharp, clever

5)

en vivo : live

transmisión en vivo: live broadcast

6)

al rojo vivo : red-hot

* * *

vivo adj

1. (con vida) alive

las víctimas del naufragio aún están vivas the victims of the shipwreck are still alive

los seres vivos living beings

2. (intenso) bright

colores vivos bright colours

3. (listo) clever [comp. cleverer; superl. cleverest]

es una niña muy viva she's a very clever girl

Spanish-English dictionary > vivo
50 offen

I Adj.

1. open; offenes Hemd open-necked shirt; bei offenem Fenster with the window open; mit offenem Mund dastehen stand open-mouthed ( oder gaping)

2. (lose) Zucker etc.: loose; offener Wein wine by the glass; in einer Karaffe: carafe wine; vom Fass: wine on tap; einrennen, Feuer 1, Licht

3. Haare: loose; mit offenen Haaren with one’s hair (hanging) loose

4. Stelle: vacant; die Zahl der offenen Stellen hat im Vormonat um 8% zugenommen the number of vacancies went up by 8% last month

5. (frei, unbehindert etc.): offenes Gelände (wide) open country; auf offener See on the open sea; auf offener Straße in the middle of the street; auf offener Strecke on the open road; EISENB. between stations

6. (offenherzig, aufrichtig) open, sincere; (ehrlich) frank, candid; offener Blick open ( oder honest) face; offen und ehrlich Angebot etc.: open and above-board; ich will ganz offen mit dir sein I’ll be quite frank with you

7. (aufgeschlossen) open(-minded); offen für (empfänglich) open to, receptive to

8. (deutlich erkennbar, nicht geheim) open; offener Hass undisguised hatred; offene Feindschaft open hostility; offene Kampfansage open declaration of war; offener Aufruhr open rebellion; offene Abstimmung open vote; offene Anspielung broad allusion ( auf + Akk to); offener Brief open letter; ein offenes Geheimnis an open secret; im offenen Kampf in an open fight

9. (noch nicht bezahlt) unpaid; offene Rechnung unpaid ( oder outstanding) invoice; dieser Posten ist noch offen this item has still not been paid for

10. (noch nicht entschieden): offene Fragen open ( oder unsettled) questions; es ist noch alles offen nothing has been decided yet, it’s all up in the air still; die Meisterschaft war bis zum Saisonende offen (the result of) the championship was not decided ( oder settled) until the end of the season

11. LING. open; eine offene Silbe an open syllable

II Adv.

1. openly; Wein offen ausschenken / verkaufen serve / sell wine on tap

2. sie trägt ihre Haare offen she has her hair loose

3. (offenherzig, aufrichtig) openly, sincerely; (ohne Umschweife) frankly; offen reden talk openly ( freiheraus: freely), speak frankly; ich sage offen was ich denke I just say what I think; ( jemandem) offen seine Meinung sagen oder aussprechen speak one’s mind (quite openly) (to s.o.), be perfectly open ( oder frank) (with s.o.); offen ( und ehrlich) gesagt quite honestly, to tell you the truth; offen zur Schau stellen display openly, make no secret of; offen zugeben auch admit (quite) frankly; offen gestanden to be frank, quite frankly; offen auf der Hand liegen be perfectly obvious; es liegt offen auf der Hand, dass... it is perfectly obvious that...

4. LING.: einen Vokal / das o / eine Silbe offen aussprechen pronounce a vowel in the open position / the o as an open vowel / a syllable as though it is open

5. mit Verben: offen bleiben stay open; Frage etc.: remain ( oder be left) open ( oder unsettled); offen halten (Tür etc.) hold open; (Geschäft etc., auch Augen) keep open; fig. (Termin, Auftrag etc.) keep open; (Ausweg, auch Entscheidung etc.) leave open; (Möglichkeit) leave ( oder keep) open, reserve; offen lassen auch fig. leave open; die Möglichkeit offen lassen fig. auch reserve the possibility (+ Gen of); offen legen fig. disclose; offen liegen zur Einsicht: be available for public scrutiny; offen stehen be (Tür: auch stand) open; Rechnung: be unpaid ( oder outstanding), remain unsettled; jemandem offen stehen fig. be open to s.o.; es steht ihm offen zu (+ Inf.) he’s free to (+ Inf.) offen stehend Tür etc.: open; Rechnung: outstanding, unsettled; mit offen stehendem Mund openmouthed

* * *

(freimütig) overt (Adj.); frank (Adj.); outspoken (Adj.); direct (Adj.); candid (Adj.); demonstrative (Adj.); forthright (Adj.); ingenuous (Adj.); straightforward (Adj.);

(nicht entschieden) undecided (Adj.);

(unbesetzt) vacant (Adj.);

(unverschlossen) open (Adj.);

(vorurteilslos) open-minded (Adj.)

* * *
ọf|fen ['ɔfn]
1. adj

1) open; Bein ulcerated; Flamme, Licht naked; Feuer open; Haare loose

ein offener Brief — an open letter

er geht mit offenem Hemd — he is wearing an open-neck shirt

der Laden hat bis 10 Uhr offen — the shop (esp Brit) or store is or stays open until 10 o'clock

das Turnier ist für alle offen — the tournament is open to everybody

die Teilnahme ist für alle offen — anyone can take part

offener Wein — wine by the carafe/glass

auf offener Strecke (Straße) — on the open road; (Rail) between stations

wir hielten auf offener Strecke — we stopped in the middle of nowhere

auf offener Straße — in the middle of the street; (Landstraße) on the open road

auf offener See — on the open sea

Beifall auf offener Szene — spontaneous applause, an outburst of applause

bei offener Szene or Bühne verwandelt sich das Bild — the scene changed without a curtain

offene Flanke (Mil) — open or exposed flank

offene Stadt (Mil) — open or undefended town

mit offenem Mund dastehen (fig) — to stand gaping

mit offenem Mund atmen — to breathe with one's mouth open

Tag der offenen Tür — open day

ein offenes Haus haben or führen — to keep open house

überall offene Türen finden (fig) — to find a warm welcome everywhere

Haus der offenen Tür — open house

Politik der offenen Tür — open-door policy

mit offenen Augen or Sinnen durchs Leben gehen — to go through life with one's eyes open

eine offene Hand haben (fig) — to be open-handed

allem Neuen gegenüber offen sein — to be open or receptive to (all) new ideas

offene Handelsgesellschaft — general partnership

See:

→ Arm, Buch, Karte, Tür

2) (= frei) Stelle vacant

offene Stellen — vacancies

"offene Stellen" — "vacancies", "situations vacant" (Brit)

3) (= unerledigt, unentschieden) Frage, Ausgang, Partie open; Rechnung outstanding

4) (= aufrichtig, freimütig) Mensch, Bekenntnis, Aussprache open

er hat einen offenen Blick — he's got an open or honest face

er hat keinen offenen Blick — he's got a shifty look in his eyes

ein offenes Wort mit jdm reden — to have a frank talk with sb

2. adv

1) (= freimütig) candidly; kritisieren, zugeben, als Lügner bezeichnen, sich zu etw bekennen openly

ein offen schwul lebender Mensch — a person living openly as a homosexual

die Karten offen auf den Tisch legen — to lay one's cards on the table

etw offen aussprechen — to say sth out loud

etw offen einräumen — to be perfectly willing to admit sth

sich offen für/gegen etw aussprechen — to openly speak out for/against sth

offen gestanden or gesagt — to tell you the truth, quite honestly, to be frank

etw offen eingestehen or zugeben — to confess or admit (to) sth openly or frankly

seine Meinung offen sagen — to speak one's mind, to say what one thinks

sag mir ganz offen deine Meinung — tell me your honest opinion

offen mit jdm reden — to speak openly to sb, to be frank with sb

2) (= deutlich) clearly

die Probleme treten offen zutage — the problems can be clearly identified

damit war der Krieg offen ausgebrochen — with that the war had clearly begun

wir sollten den Konflikt offen austragen — we should bring the matter out in the open

3)

(= lose) die Haare offen tragen — to wear one's hair loose or down

Wein offen verkaufen — to sell wine on draught (Brit) or draft (US); (glasweise) to sell wine by the glass

Schrauben offen kaufen — to buy screws loose

4)

(= unverstellt) endlich lag das Ziel offen vor ihnen (da) — at last their goal lay before them

das Land erstreckte sich offen vor ihnen — the countryside stretched out before them

* * *

1) ((of people) (sometimes unpleasantly) straightforward or frank in speech: She was very blunt, and said that she did not like him.) blunt

2) (saying or showing openly what is in one's mind; honest: a frank person; a frank reply.) frank

3) frankly

4) freely

5) ((of a flame etc) uncovered or unprotected: Naked lights are dangerous.) naked

6) (not shut, allowing entry or exit: an open box; The gate is wide open.) open

7) (allowing the inside to be seen: an open book.) open

8) (not kept secret: an open show of affection.) open

9) (frank: He was very open with me about his work.) open

10) (still being considered etc: Leave the matter open.) open

11) (empty, with no trees, buildings etc: I like to be out in the open country; an open space.) open

12) (frankly: She talked very openly about it.) openly

* * *

of·fen

[ˈɔfn̩]

I. adj

1. inv (geöffnet) open; Hosenschlitz a. undone pred; Gefäß, Umschlag opened; Schranke up pred; Bein ulcerated

er hatte die Augen \offen his eyes were open

der Mund ist ihm vor Staunen \offen geblieben he was gaping in astonishment

die Augen \offen halten (fig) to keep one's eyes open [or peeled] [or BRIT also skinned]

mit \offenen Augen (a. fig) with one's eyes open a. fig

mit [o bei] \offenem Fenster with the window open

die Haare \offen tragen to wear one's hair loose

am Hals \offen sein [o stehen] Hemd to be open at the neck

mit \offenem Hemd/Kragen wearing an open-necked shirt

mit \offenem Mund with one's mouth open, with open mouth

mit \offenem Mund atmen to breathe through the mouth

mit \offenen Sinnen (fig) with one's eyes open

\offen sein, stehen to be open

etw \offen stehen lassen to keep sth open

einen Spaltbreit \offen sein [o stehen] to be ajar

2. inv (unverschlossen) open; Tür, Fenster a. unlocked; Umschlag unsealed

bei ihr ist immer alles \offen she never locks her doors

sie hält ihr Lokal auch am Sonntag \offen her pub is open on Sunday as well

meine Tür ist immer für dich \offen (fig) you are always/will always be welcome

\offene Anstalt open prison

\offen haben [o sein] Geschäft to be open

ein \offenes Haus (fig) an open house

ein \offenes Haus haben (fig) to keep open house

jdm \offen sein (fig) to be open to sb

3. inv (unbedeckt) open

ein \offenes Grab an open grave

\offenes Auto convertible

\offene Kutsche open[-topped] carriage

\offener Pferdewagen open carriage, esp AM also buckboard

\offene Schuhe sandals

4. (unversperrt) open; (eisfrei a.) clear

das Auto war hinten \offen the back of the car was open

\offener Ausblick unobstructed view; (klar) clear view

\offenes Gelände open terrain

das \offene Meer the open sea

nach allen Seiten hin \offen sein (fig) to have no political convictions

auf \offener Strecke on the open road; Zug between stations

5. inv (freigegeben)

die Jagd [auf Niederwild] ist \offen JAGD it's open season [on small game]

\offene Software accessible software

6. inv (uneingeengt) Wettbewerb open

▪ für jdn \offen sein to be open to sb

7. (unzusammenhängend)

\offene Bauweise detached building development spec

\offene Ortschaft non-built-up area

8. inv (nicht in Flaschen)

\offener Wein (Dienst) wine by the glass/carafe; (Getränk) a glass/carafe of wine

9. inv DIAL (lose) loose

Mehl/Salz \offen verkaufen to sell loose flour/salt

10. (ungewiss) uncertain; (unbeantwortet) open; Problem unsettled, unresolved; Frage open [or unanswered], unsettled

der Termin ist immer noch \offen the date has still to be decided

ein \offener Punkt a moot point

[noch] ganz \offen sein to be [still] wide open

11. inv (unbezahlt) Zahlung outstanding; Rechnung a. unsettled, unpaid

\offener Posten unpaid item, uncovered amount

12. inv (unbesetzt) vacant; Formularfeld blank

\offen gelassen vacant/blank

etw \offen lassen to leave sth vacant/blank

\offen stehen to be vacant/blank

\offen stehend vacant/blank

\offene Stelle vacancy, job opening

13. (ehrlich) Blick, Meinung frank, candid; Person, Gespräch a. honest; Geständnis, Art a. open; Gesicht honest

▪ \offen [zu jdm] sein to be open [or frank] [or honest] [with sb]

sei \offen mit mir! be honest [or straight] with me!

14. (deutlich) open, overt

15. (öffentlich) open

\offene Gesellschaft ÖKON open partnership

in \offenem Kampf in an open [or a fair] fight

auf \offener Straße in [the middle of] the street

16. SPORT (deckungsschwach) open

17. LING Vokal, Silbe open

18. TYPO (Falz)

\offener Kopf open head

\offene Seite open side

19.

▶ \offen für etw akk [o gegenüber etw dat] sein to be open [or receptive] to sth

▶ \offen gegenüber jdm sein to be open with sb

II. adv

1. (ehrlich) openly, frankly, candidly

\offen gestanden [o gesagt] to be [perfectly] honest [or frank

2. (deutlich) clearly, obviously, patently

3. (öffentlich)

\offen abstimmen to vote in an open ballot

4. SPORT (deckungsschwach)

[ganz] \offen spielen to leave oneself [wide] open

5. LING

das „a“ wird \offen ausgesprochen the “a” is pronounced as an open vowel

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) open; unsealed < envelope>; ulcerated < legs>

mit offenem Mund — with one's mouth open

der Knopf/Schlitz ist offen — the button is/one's flies are undone

ein offenes Hemd — a shirt with the collar unfastened

sie trägt ihr Haar offen — she wears her hair loose

offen haben od. sein — be open

die Tür ist offen — (nicht abgeschlossen) the door is unlocked

etwas offen lassen — leave something open

offen bleiben — remain or stay open

jemandem offen stehen — (fig.) be open to somebody

es steht dir offen, es zu tun — you are free to do it

mit offenen Karten spielen — play with the cards face up on the table; (fig.) put one's cards on the table

offenes Licht/Feuer — a naked light/an open fire

das offene Meer, die offene See — the open sea

offene Türen einrennen — (fig.) fight a battle that's/battles that are already won

mit offenen Augen od. Sinnen durch die Welt od. durchs Leben gehen — go about/go through life with one's eyes open

für neue Ideen od. gegenüber neuen Ideen offen sein — be receptive or open to new ideas

2) (lose) loose <sugar, flour, oats, etc.>

offener Wein — wine on tap or draught

3) (frei) vacant <job, post>

offene Stellen — vacancies; (als Rubrik) ‘Situations Vacant’

4) (ungewiss, ungeklärt) open, unsettled < question>; uncertain < result>

der Ausgang des Spiels ist noch völlig offen — the result of the match is still wide open

offen bleiben — < decision> be left open

offen lassen, ob... — leave it open whether...

etwas offen halten — keep something open

5) (noch nicht bezahlt) outstanding < bill>

offen stehen — be oustanding

6) (freimütig, aufrichtig) frank [and open] < person>; frank, candid <look, opinion, reply>; honest <character, face>

offen zu jemandem sein — be open or frank with somebody

7) nicht präd. (unverhohlen) open <threat, mutiny, hostility, opponent, etc.>

8) (Sprachw.) open <vowel, syllable>
2.
adverbial

1) (frei zugänglich, sichtbar, unverhohlen) openly

2) (freimütig, aufrichtig) openly; frankly

offen gesagt — frankly; to be frank or honest

offen gestanden — to tell you the truth

* * *

offen

A. adj

1. open;

offenes Hemd open-necked shirt;

bei offenem Fenster with the window open;

mit offenem Mund dastehen stand open-mouthed ( oder gaping)

2. (lose) Zucker etc: loose;

offener Wein wine by the glass; in einer Karaffe: carafe wine; vom Fass: wine on tap; → einrennen, Feuer 1, Licht

3. Haare: loose;

mit offenen Haaren with one’s hair (hanging) loose

4. Stelle: vacant;

die Zahl der offenen Stellen hat im Vormonat um 8% zugenommen the number of vacancies went up by 8% last month

5. (frei, unbehindert etc):

offenes Gelände (wide) open country;

auf offener See on the open sea;

auf offener Straße in the middle of the street;

auf offener Strecke on the open road; BAHN between stations

6. (offenherzig, aufrichtig) open, sincere; (ehrlich) frank, candid;

offener Blick open ( oder honest) face;

offen und ehrlich Angebot etc: open and above-board;

ich will ganz offen mit dir sein I’ll be quite frank with you

7. (aufgeschlossen) open(-minded);

offen für (empfänglich) open to, receptive to

8. (deutlich erkennbar, nicht geheim) open;

offener Hass undisguised hatred;

offene Feindschaft open hostility;

offene Kampfansage open declaration of war;

offener Aufruhr open rebellion;

offene Abstimmung open vote;

offene Anspielung broad allusion (

auf +akk to);

offener Brief open letter;

ein offenes Geheimnis an open secret;

im offenen Kampf in an open fight

9. (noch nicht bezahlt) unpaid;

offene Rechnung unpaid ( oder outstanding) invoice;

dieser Posten ist noch offen this item has still not been paid for

10. (noch nicht entschieden):

offene Fragen open ( oder unsettled) questions;

es ist noch alles offen nothing has been decided yet, it’s all up in the air still;

die Meisterschaft war bis zum Saisonende offen (the result of) the championship was not decided ( oder settled) until the end of the season

11. LING open;

eine offene Silbe an open syllable

B. adv

1. openly;

Wein offen ausschenken/verkaufen serve/sell wine on tap

2.

sie trägt ihre Haare offen she has her hair loose

3. (offenherzig, aufrichtig) openly, sincerely; (ohne Umschweife) frankly;

offen reden talk openly ( freiheraus: freely), speak frankly;

ich sage offen was ich denke I just say what I think;

(jemandem) offen seine Meinung sagen oder

aussprechen speak one’s mind (quite openly) (to sb), be perfectly open ( oder frank) (with sb);

offen (und ehrlich) gesagt quite honestly, to tell you the truth;

offen zur Schau stellen display openly, make no secret of;

offen zugeben auch admit (quite) frankly;

offen gestanden to be frank, quite frankly;

offen auf der Hand liegen be perfectly obvious;

es liegt offen auf der Hand, dass … it is perfectly obvious that …

4. LING:

einen Vokal/das o/eine Silbe offen aussprechen pronounce a vowel in the open position/the o as an open vowel/a syllable as though it is open

5. mit Verben:

offen bleiben stay open;

offen halten (Tür etc) hold open; (Geschäft etc, auch Augen) keep open;

offen lassen leave open;

offen stehen be (Tür: auch stand) open;

offen stehend Tür etc: open;

mit offen stehendem Mund open-mouthed

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) open; unsealed < envelope>; ulcerated < legs>

mit offenem Mund — with one's mouth open

der Knopf/Schlitz ist offen — the button is/one's flies are undone

ein offenes Hemd — a shirt with the collar unfastened

sie trägt ihr Haar offen — she wears her hair loose

offen haben od. sein — be open

die Tür ist offen — (nicht abgeschlossen) the door is unlocked

etwas offen lassen — leave something open

offen bleiben — remain or stay open

jemandem offen stehen — (fig.) be open to somebody

es steht dir offen, es zu tun — you are free to do it

mit offenen Karten spielen — play with the cards face up on the table; (fig.) put one's cards on the table

offenes Licht/Feuer — a naked light/an open fire

das offene Meer, die offene See — the open sea

offene Türen einrennen — (fig.) fight a battle that's/battles that are already won

mit offenen Augen od. Sinnen durch die Welt od. durchs Leben gehen — go about/go through life with one's eyes open

für neue Ideen od. gegenüber neuen Ideen offen sein — be receptive or open to new ideas

2) (lose) loose <sugar, flour, oats, etc.>

offener Wein — wine on tap or draught

3) (frei) vacant <job, post>

offene Stellen — vacancies; (als Rubrik) ‘Situations Vacant’

4) (ungewiss, ungeklärt) open, unsettled < question>; uncertain < result>

der Ausgang des Spiels ist noch völlig offen — the result of the match is still wide open

offen bleiben — < decision> be left open

offen lassen, ob... — leave it open whether...

etwas offen halten — keep something open

5) (noch nicht bezahlt) outstanding < bill>

offen stehen — be oustanding

6) (freimütig, aufrichtig) frank [and open] < person>; frank, candid <look, opinion, reply>; honest <character, face>

offen zu jemandem sein — be open or frank with somebody

7) nicht präd. (unverhohlen) open <threat, mutiny, hostility, opponent, etc.>

8) (Sprachw.) open <vowel, syllable>
2.
adverbial

1) (frei zugänglich, sichtbar, unverhohlen) openly

2) (freimütig, aufrichtig) openly; frankly

offen gesagt — frankly; to be frank or honest

offen gestanden — to tell you the truth

* * *

(Mathematik) adj.

open adj. adj.

blunt adj.

candid adj.

downright adj.

exposed adj.

forthright adj.

frank adj.

ingenuous adj.

open (not concealed) adj.

open adj.

open-ended adj.

overt adj. adv.

candidly adv.

forthrightly adv.

frankly adv.

ingenuously adv.

openly adv.

outspokenly adv.

overtly adv.

point-blank adv.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > offen
51 mandar

v.

1 to order.

la profesora nos ha mandado deberes/una redacción the teacher has set o given us some homework/an essay

mandar a alguien hacer algo to order somebody to do something

mandar hacer algo to have something done

¿quién te manda decirle nada? who asked you to say anything to her?

Ellos mandan a los marineros They command the sailors.

2 to send.

mandar algo a alguien to send somebody something, to send something to somebody

me mandó un correo electrónico she sent me an e-mail, she e-mailed me

Le mandaremos el pago por correo We will send you your payment by mail.

3 to lead, to be in charge of.

4 to send (informal) (lanzar).

mandó la jabalina más allá de los 90 metros he sent the javelin beyond the 90 meter mark

5 to be in charge.

aquí mando yo I'm in charge here

6 to order people around.

7 to send out.

8 to have authority, to dictate, to hold the reins, to rule.

Los capitanes mandan The captains have authority.

9 to order to.

María le manda a Sue hacer eso Mary orders Sue to do that.

* * *

mandar

► verbo transitivo

1 (ordenar) to order, tell

■ nos mandó que fuéramos puntuales he told us to be on time

2 (enviar) to send

■ mi madre me mandó por pan my mother sent me out to get some bread

■ lo mandé por correo I sent it by post

■ hoy mismo he mandado la carta I posted the letter today

► verbo intransitivo

1 (dirigir - un grupo) to be in charge; (- un país) to be in power

■ ¿quién manda aquí? who's in charge here?

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

¡a mandar! you're in charge!

lo que usted mande as you wish, as you say

mandar a alguien a paseo/hacer gárgaras/freír espárragos familiar to tell somebody to get lost, tell somebody to take a running jump

¿mande? familiar pardon?

* * *

verb

1) to order

2) command

3) send

* * *

1. VT

1) (=ordenar, encargar) to tell

haz lo que te manden — do as you are told

no me gusta que me manden — I don't like being told what to do

¿hoy no te han mandado deberes? — haven't they given you any homework today?

¿qué manda usted? — esp LAm can I help you?

¿manda usted algo más? — esp LAm would you like anything else?

• mandar (a algn) (a) hacer algo, lo mandé a comprar pan — I sent him (out) for bread o to buy some bread

me he mandado hacer un traje — I'm having a suit made

tuvimos que mandar arreglar el coche — we had to put the car in for repairs, we had to have the car repaired

¿quién diablos me mandaría a mí meterme en esto? — * why on earth did I get mixed up in this? *

¿quién te manda ser tan tonto? — how could you be so stupid?

mandar callar a algn — [gen] to tell sb to be quiet; [con autoridad] to order sb to be quiet

mandar llamar o venir a algn — to send for sb

he mandado llamar al electricista — I've sent for the electrician

mandó llamar a todas las monjas al patio — she summoned all the nuns to the courtyard

mandar salir a algn — to order sb out

• mandar a algn (a) por algo — to send sb (out) for sth o to do sth

lo mandé a por el periódico — I sent him (out) for the paper o to buy the paper

• mandar a algn que haga algo — [gen] to tell sb to do sth; [con autoridad] to order sb to do sth

me han mandado que deje de fumar — I've been advised o told to stop smoking

como está mandado Esp * —

se casará por la iglesia como está mandado — she'll have a church wedding as one would expect

lo hizo como estaba mandado — he did the right thing *

2) (=enviar) to send

me han mandado un paquete de Madrid — I've got o I've been sent a parcel from Madrid

lo mandaron como representante de la empresa — he was sent to represent the company, he was sent as the company's representative

he mandado a los niños a la cama — I've sent the children to bed

• mandar algo por correo — to post sth, mail sth (EEUU)

te mandaré mi dirección por correo electrónico — I'll send you my address by email, I'll email you my address

• mandar recuerdos a algn — to send one's love to sb, send one's regards to sb frm
carajo 1., 3), mierda 1., 1), mona 1), paseo 1), porra 6)
3) (=estar al mando de) [+ batallón] to lead, command; [+ trabajadores, policías] to be in charge of

mandaba la brigada de bomberos — he was in charge of the fire brigade

4) (Dep) to send, hit

mandó la pelota fuera del campo de golf — he sent o hit the ball off the golf course

mandó el balón al poste — she hit the post with the ball

5) (Med) to prescribe

le han mandado antibióticos — she has been prescribed antibiotics

6) (=legar) to leave, bequeath frm

7) LAm (=lanzar) to throw, hurl

8) LAm
*
mandar un golpe a algn — to hit sb

mandar una patada a algn — to give sb a kick, kick sb

le mandó una bofetada — she slapped him

9) LAm (=tirar) to throw away

10) LAm [+ caballo] to break in

11) Cono Sur (Dep) to start

2. VI

1) (=estar al mando) [gen] to be in charge; (Mil) to be in command

¿quién manda aquí? — who's in charge here?

aquí mando yo — I'm the boss here, I'm in charge here

• mandar en algo — to be in charge of sth; (Mil) to be in command of sth

los que mandan en este país — the people that run this country

mandaba en todo un ejército — he was in command of an entire army

2) (=ordenar)

¡mande usted! — at your service!, what can I do for you?

de nada, a mandar — don't mention it, (I'm) at your service!

¿mande? — esp Méx (=¿cómo dice?) pardon?, what did you say?; [invitando a hablar] yes?

le gusta mandar — pey he likes bossing people around

• según manda la ley — (Jur) in accordance with the law
canon 2), Dios 3)
3.

See:

mandarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( ordenar)

haz lo que te mandan — do as you're told

a mí nadie me manda — nobody tells me what to do o orders me about

de acuerdo a lo que manda la ley — in accordance with the law

sí señor, lo que usted mande — as you wish, sir o very good, sir

mandar + INF: la mandó callar he told o ordered her to be quiet; mandó encender una fogata she ordered that a bonfire be lit; mandar QUE + SUBJ: mandó que sirvieran la comida she ordered lunch to be served; ¿quién te manda revolver en mis papeles? who said you could go rummaging through my papers?; ¿y quién te manda ser tan tonta? — how could you be so silly!

b) ( recetar) to prescribe

el médico le mandó descansar — the doctor advised him to rest

2) ( enviar) to send

la mandé por el pan — I sent her out to buy the bread

3) (AmL) ( tratándose de encargos)

mis padres me mandaron llamar — my parents sent for me

mandó decir que... — she sent a message to say that...

¿por qué no mandas a arreglar esos zapatos? — why don't you get o have those shoes mended?

4) (AmL fam) (arrojar, lanzar)

mandó la pelota fuera de la cancha — he kicked/sent/hit the ball out of play

le mandó un puñetazo — he punched him
2.
mandar vi ( ordenar)

en mi casa mando yo — I'm the boss in my house

mande! — yes sir/madam?, excuse me?

¿mande? — (Méx) (I'm) sorry? o pardon? o (AmE) excuse me?

María! - ¿mande? — (Méx) María! - yes?
3.
mandarsev pron

1) (AmS fam) < hazaña> to pull off (colloq); < mentira> to come out with (colloq)

se mandó un discurso de dos horas — she regaled us with a two hour speech

se mandó un postre delicioso — he managed to produce a delicious dessert

2) (AmS fam) ( engullir) to polish off (colloq); ( beberse) to knock back (colloq)

3) (Méx fam) ( aprovecharse) to take advantage

mandarse cambiar (Andes) or (RPl) mudar (fam): se mandó cambiar dando un portazo he stormed out, slamming the door; un buen día se cansó y se mandó cambiar one day he decided he'd had enough, and just walked out o upped and left (colloq); mándense cambiar de aquí! — clear off! (colloq), get lost! (colloq)

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( ordenar)

haz lo que te mandan — do as you're told

a mí nadie me manda — nobody tells me what to do o orders me about

de acuerdo a lo que manda la ley — in accordance with the law

sí señor, lo que usted mande — as you wish, sir o very good, sir

mandar + INF: la mandó callar he told o ordered her to be quiet; mandó encender una fogata she ordered that a bonfire be lit; mandar QUE + SUBJ: mandó que sirvieran la comida she ordered lunch to be served; ¿quién te manda revolver en mis papeles? who said you could go rummaging through my papers?; ¿y quién te manda ser tan tonta? — how could you be so silly!

b) ( recetar) to prescribe

el médico le mandó descansar — the doctor advised him to rest

2) ( enviar) to send

la mandé por el pan — I sent her out to buy the bread

3) (AmL) ( tratándose de encargos)

mis padres me mandaron llamar — my parents sent for me

mandó decir que... — she sent a message to say that...

¿por qué no mandas a arreglar esos zapatos? — why don't you get o have those shoes mended?

4) (AmL fam) (arrojar, lanzar)

mandó la pelota fuera de la cancha — he kicked/sent/hit the ball out of play

le mandó un puñetazo — he punched him
2.
mandar vi ( ordenar)

en mi casa mando yo — I'm the boss in my house

mande! — yes sir/madam?, excuse me?

¿mande? — (Méx) (I'm) sorry? o pardon? o (AmE) excuse me?

María! - ¿mande? — (Méx) María! - yes?
3.
mandarsev pron

1) (AmS fam) < hazaña> to pull off (colloq); < mentira> to come out with (colloq)

se mandó un discurso de dos horas — she regaled us with a two hour speech

se mandó un postre delicioso — he managed to produce a delicious dessert

2) (AmS fam) ( engullir) to polish off (colloq); ( beberse) to knock back (colloq)

3) (Méx fam) ( aprovecharse) to take advantage

mandarse cambiar (Andes) or (RPl) mudar (fam): se mandó cambiar dando un portazo he stormed out, slamming the door; un buen día se cansó y se mandó cambiar one day he decided he'd had enough, and just walked out o upped and left (colloq); mándense cambiar de aquí! — clear off! (colloq), get lost! (colloq)

* * *

mandar¹

¹ = be in charge, instruct, mandate, enjoin, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

Ex: He stared coldly at her for a moment, then spat out: 'Bah! You're in charge'.

Ex: Some of the above limitations of title indexes can be overcome by exercising a measure of control over the index terminology, and by inputting and instructing the computer to print a number of pre-determined links or references between keywords.

Ex: Adequate security for expensive equipment must also be provided for in this decision, and a secluded back room, a remote phone cut-off switch, or a removable keyboard may be mandated.

Ex: Heightened interest in the nation's founding and in the intentions of the founders enjoins law librarians to provide reference service for research in the history of the constitutional period.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Who's calling the shots in the semiconductor industry'.

Ex: One of the hardest things about being the boss is that no one tells you what you're doing wrong.

Ex: As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.

Ex: Just as the 19th century belonged to England and the 20th century to America, so the 21st century will be China's turn to set the agenda and rule the roost.

* los que mandan = the powers-that-be.

* mandar a buscar = send for.

* mandar + Alguien + a = shuffle + Nombre + to.

* mandar callar = shush, hush.

* mandar comparecer = subpoena.

* no dejar de mandar + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.

* quien paga manda = he who pays the piper calls the tune.

mandar²

² = direct, forward, ship, ship off.

Nota: También usado en el sentido figurado de 'deshacerse' de alguien.

Ex: This statement directs the user to adopt a number more specific terms in preference to the general term.

Ex: It also stores any messages which it cannot forward because the receiving terminal is busy or which can be sent at off-peak times.

Ex: According to librarians, vendors aren't shipping books fast enough.

Ex: Sex was taboo, premarital sex was not accepted and if a girl found herself 'in the family way' many times she was shipped off to live with relatives.

* mandar a freír espárragos = send + Nombre + packing.

* mandar por correo electrónico = e-mail [email].

* mandar un correo electrónico = e-mail [email].

* * *

mandar [A1 ]

vt

A

1

(ordenar): haz lo que te mandan do as you're told

a mí nadie me manda I don't take orders from anyone, nobody tells me what to do o orders me about

de acuerdo a lo que manda la ley in accordance with the law

sí señor, lo que usted mande as you wish, sir o very good, sir

mandar + INF:

la mandó callar he told o ordered her to be quiet

mandó encender una fogata she ordered that a bonfire be lit

mandar QUE + SUBJ:

mandó que sirvieran la comida she ordered lunch to be served

le mandó que nos dejara en paz she ordered o told him to leave us alone

¿quién te manda revolver en mis papeles? who said you could go rummaging through my papers?

¿y quién te manda ser tan tonta? how could you be so silly!

2

(recetar): le mandó unos antibióticos she prescribed (him) some antibiotics

el médico le mandó hacerse unas gárgaras the doctor advised him to gargle

B (enviar) ‹carta/paquete/persona› to send

mi madre te manda saludos my mother sends you her regards

lo mandaron de or como representante a la conferencia he was sent to the conference as their delegate

a las nueve nos mandaban a la cama they used to send us to bed at nine o'clock

la mandé por el pan I sent her out to buy the bread

C

( AmL) (tratándose de encargos): mis padres me mandaron llamar my parents sent for me

mandó decir que no podía venir she sent a message to say o she sent word that she couldn't come

¿por qué no mandas a arreglar esos zapatos? why don't you get o have those shoes mended?

D

( AmL fam) (arrojar, lanzar): mandó la pelota fuera de la cancha he kicked/sent/hit the ball out of play

le mandó un puñetazo he punched him

■ mandar

vi

A

(ordenar): en mi casa mando yo I'm the boss in my house, I wear the trousers in my house

¡mande! yes sir/madam?, excuse me?

¿mande? ( Méx); (I'm) sorry? o pardon? o ( AmE) excuse me?

¡María! — ¿mande? ( Méx); María! — yes?

B ( AmL, tratándose de encargos) mandar a hacer algo; to send sb to do sth

fue mandada a matarlo she was sent to kill him

■ mandarse

v pron

A ( AmS fam) ‹hazaña› to pull off ( colloq); ‹mentira› to come out with ( colloq)

se mandó un postre delicioso he managed to produce o he rustled up a delicious dessert

se mandó un discurso de dos horas she regaled us with a two hour speech, she gave a speech that went on for two hours

B ( AmS fam)

1 (engullir) to demolish ( colloq), to polish off ( colloq)

2 (beberse) to knock back ( colloq)

C ( Méx fam) (aprovecharse) to take advantage

mandarse abajo ( Chi fam); to fall down o over

mandarse cambiar ( Andes) or ( RPl) mudar ( fam): se mandó cambiar dando un portazo he stormed out, slamming the door

un buen día se cansó y se mandó cambiar or mudar one day he decided he'd had enough, and just walked out o upped and left ( colloq)

¡mándense cambiar or mudar de aquí! clear off! ( colloq), get lost! ( colloq)

* * *

mandar ( conjugate mandar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( ordenar):

◊ a mí nadie me manda nobody tells me what to do, nobody orders me about;

haz lo que te mandan do as you're told;
la mandó callar he told o ordered her to be quiet;
mandó que sirvieran la comida she ordered lunch to be served
b) ( recetar) to prescribe;

◊ el médico le mandó descansar the doctor advised him to rest

2 ( enviar) to send;
◊ la mandé por el pan I sent her out to buy the bread

3 (AmL) ( tratándose de encargos):
◊ mis padres me mandaron llamar my parents sent for me;

mandó decir que … she sent a message to say that …;
mandar algo a arreglar to get o have sth mended
4 (AmL fam) (arrojar, lanzar):
◊ mandó la pelota fuera de la cancha he kicked/sent/hit the ball out of play

verbo intransitivo ( ser el jefe) to be in charge, be the boss (colloq);
◊ ¿mande? (Méx) (I'm) sorry?, pardon?;

¡María! — ¿mande? (Méx) María! — yes?
mandar verbo transitivo
1 (dar órdenes) to order: me mandó barrer el suelo, she told me to sweep the floor
2 (remitir) to send: le mandaré unas flores, I'll send him some flowers
te manda saludos, she sends you her regards
mándalo por correo, send it by post
nos mandaron a por unos huevos, they sent us for some eggs
3 (capitanear, dirigir) to lead, be in charge o command of
Mil to command

' mandar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
disponer
- espárrago
- imperar
- mira
- porra
- diablo
- mierda
- paseo
- puñeta
- remitir
English:
blow
- command
- control
- direct
- dismiss
- farm out
- fax
- instruct
- order
- pack off
- post
- reapply
- refer to
- send
- send in
- send on
- send out
- ship
- tell
- air
- drive
- drop
- get
- pack
- refer
- register
- set
- summon
- text

* * *

mandar

♦ vt

1. [ordenar] to order;

el juez mandó la inmediata ejecución de la sentencia the judge ordered the sentence to be carried out immediately;

la profesora nos ha mandado deberes/una redacción the teacher has set o given us some homework/an essay;

mandar a alguien hacer algo, mandar a alguien que haga algo to order sb to do sth;

le mandaron que se fuera they ordered him to leave;

yo hago lo que me mandan I do as I'm told;

mandar hacer algo to have sth done;

mandaron revisar todas las máquinas they had all the machines checked;

mandó llamar a un electricista she asked for an electrician to be sent;

el maestro mandó callar the teacher called for silence, the teacher told the class to be silent;

la jefa le mandó venir a su despacho the boss summoned him to her office;

¿quién te manda decirle nada? who asked you to say anything to her?;

¿quién me mandará a mí meterme en estos líos? why did I have to get involved in this mess?

2. [recetar]
el médico le ha mandado estas pastillas the doctor prescribed her these pills;

el médico me mandó nadar the doctor told me I had to go swimming

3. [enviar] to send;

mandar algo a alguien to send sb sth, to send sth to sb;

me mandó un correo electrónico she sent me an e-mail, she e-mailed me;

me lo mandó por correo electrónico he sent it to me by e-mail;

lo mandaron a un recado/una misión he was sent on an errand/mission;

lo mandaron a la cárcel/la guerra he was sent to prison/away to war;

mandar a alguien a hacer algo o [m5] a que haga algo to send sb to do sth;

mandar a alguien (a) por algo to send sb for sth;

lo mandaron de embajador a Irlanda he was sent to Ireland as an ambassador;

me mandan de la central para recoger un paquete I've been sent by our main office to pick up a package;

Comp
Vulg
mandar a alguien a la mierda to tell sb to piss off;

Comp
Fam
mandar a alguien a paseo to send sb packing;

Comp
Fam
mandar a alguien a la porra to tell sb to go to hell;

Comp
Fam
mandar a alguien al demonio to tell sb to go to the devil

4. [dirigir] [país] to rule;

manda a un grupo de voluntarios she is in charge of a group of voluntary workers;

el corredor que manda el grupo perseguidor the runner leading the chasing pack

5. Fam [lanzar] to send;

mandó la jabalina más allá de los 90 metros he sent the javelin beyond the 90 metre mark;

mandó el balón fuera [por la banda] he put the ball out of play;
[disparando] he shot wide
6. Fam [propinar] to give;

le mandé un bofetón I gave him a slap, I slapped him

7. Am [encargar]
mandó decir que llegaría tarde he sent word that he'd arrive late;

lo mandaron llamar del hospital the hospital sent for him

8. Comp
Esp Fam
¡manda narices! can you believe it!;
muy Fam
¡manda huevos! can you Br bloody o US goddamn believe it!

♦ vi

1. [dirigir] to be in charge;
[partido político, jefe de estado] to rule;
aquí mando yo I'm in charge here;
Méx Fam
¡mande! [a sus órdenes] how can I help you?;
Esp, Méx Fam
¿mande? [¿cómo?] eh?, you what?;

a mandar, que para eso estamos certainly, Sir/Madam!, at your service!

2. Pey [dar órdenes] to order people around

♦ See also the pronominal verb mandarse

* * *

mandar

I v/t

1 ( ordenar) order;

a mí no me manda nadie nobody tells me what to do;

mandar hacer algo have sth done

2 ( enviar) send

II v/i

1 be in charge

2

:

¿mande? (¿ cómo?) what did you say?, excuse me?; Méx can I help you?; Méx
TELEC hallo?
* * *

mandar vt

1) ordenar: to command, to order

2) enviar: to send

te manda saludos: he sends you his regards

3) echar: to hurl, to throw

4)

¿mande? Mex : yes?, pardon?

mandar vi

: to be the boss, to be in charge

♦ See also the reflexive verb mandarse

* * *

mandar vb

1. (ordenar) to tell [pt. & pp. told] / to order

nos mandó callar he told us to be quiet

¿no te había mandado sacar la basura? didn't I tell you to take the rubbish out?

2. (enviar) to send [pt. & pp. sent]

nos ha mandado una postal desde Tenerife he's sent us a postcard from Tenerife

3. (dirigir) to be in charge

¿quién manda aquí? who's in charge here?

Spanish-English dictionary > mandar
52 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
53 expresar

v.

to express.

es una sensación rara, no sé cómo expresarlo it is an odd feeling, I don't know how to express it

quisiera expresarles mi más sincero agradecimiento I would like to thank you most sincerely

Ella dijo la razón She said the reason.

* * *

expresar

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to express

■ expresó los sentimientos del pueblo he expressed the feelings of the people

2 (manifestar) to state; (comunicar) to convey

► verbo pronominal expresarse

1 to express oneself

■ se expresa bien he expresses himself well

* * *

verb

to express

* * *

1. VT

1) [al hablar] (=enunciar) to express; (=redactar) to phrase, put; (=declarar) to state, set forth; (=citar) to quote; [+ opiniones, quejas] to voice

expresa las opiniones de todos — he is voicing the opinions of us all

estaba expresado de otro modo — it was worded differently

el papel no lo expresa — the paper doesn't say so

usted deberá expresar el número del giro postal — you should quote o give o state the number of the postal order

2) [+ sentimiento] to show

2.

See:

expresarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo <ideas/sentimientos> to express

expresó su descontento — she voiced o expressed her dissatisfaction

permítame expresarle mi más sentido pésame — (frml) please accept my deepest sympathy (frml)

por las razones que se expresan a continuación — for the reasons shown o given below
2.
expresarse v pron to express oneself

* * *

= communicate, convey, couch, express, reflect, specify, voice, articulate, profess, phrase, word, give + voice to.

Ex. The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.

Ex. Statements conveying preferential relationships between terms indicate which terms are to be treated as equivalent to one another.

Ex. Now these requests are couched in a variety of ways which express differing approaches to information needs.

Ex. In a SDI service the user specifies his own individual interest in detail, and these are then expressed in terms of a user interest profile.

Ex. The schedules are divided into three main areas, as reflected in Figure 14.

Ex. In a SDI service the user specifies his own individual interest in detail, and these are then expressed in terms of a user interest profile.

Ex. The main criticism of the notation that has been voiced in that the notation for more specific subjects can be extremely long.

Ex. From time to time librarians do catch a fleeting glimpse of how others see them when some journalist or academic does articulate this widespread phobia.

Ex. As a result, books or other media professing alleged blasphemy, heresy, sedition, or immorality are liable to be banned.

Ex. The enquiry phrased in very broad terms almost always needs narrowing down.

Ex. Research questionnaires should therefore be worded carefully while avoiding the use of the broad term.

Ex. The agora has been resurrected in electronic form, giving voice to many.

----

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* expresar afecto por = profess + affection for.

* expresar agradecimiento = express + thanks, express + appreciation.

* expresar amor por = profess + love for.

* expresar angustia = express + Posesivo + anguish.

* expresar aprecio = express + appreciation.

* expresar con palabras = verbalise [verbalize, -USA].

* expresar de otra manera = rephrase.

* expresar desacuerdo = register + disagreement.

* expresar dudas = express + doubts, express + misgivings, voice + misgivings, voice + reservations.

* expresar en términos = couch + in terms.

* expresar gratitud = express + thanks, express + gratitude.

* expresar ideas = express + thoughts, put over + ideas.

* expresar irritación = express + irritation.

* expresar la opinión = volunteer + view.

* expresar la opinión de uno = make + Posesivo + feelings known, put + viewpoint across.

* expresar la opinión de uno sobre = give + Posesivo + thoughts on.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* expresar los deseos de uno = make + Posesivo + wishes known.

* expresar los sentimientos = release + feelings.

* expresar los sentimientos con palabras = put + Posesivo + feelings into words.

* expresar miedo = express + fear.

* expresar opinión = express + view.

* expresar opinión (sobre) = express + opinion (on).

* expresar + Posesivo + opinión = find + Posesivo + (own) voice, find + voice, find + a voice.

* expresar + Posesivo + pensamientos = find + Posesivo + (own) voice, find + voice, find + a voice.

* expresar preocupación = voice + concern.

* expresar preocupación por = express + alarm at.

* expresar queja = voice + complaint.

* expresarse = proceed.

* expresarse en detalle = express + Reflexivo + at length.

* expresar (según) = cast (in/into).

* expresar sentimientos = echo + sentiments.

* expresar temor = voice + fear.

* expresar una opinión = voice + opinion.

* expresar una opinión sobre = state + opinion on, venture + opinion on.

* expresar una pregunta = couch + question.

* expresar verbalmente = verbalise [verbalize, -USA].

* no saber expresarse bien = inarticulateness.

* para expresar dimensiones = by.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo <ideas/sentimientos> to express

expresó su descontento — she voiced o expressed her dissatisfaction

permítame expresarle mi más sentido pésame — (frml) please accept my deepest sympathy (frml)

por las razones que se expresan a continuación — for the reasons shown o given below
2.
expresarse v pron to express oneself

* * *

expresar (según)

(v.) = cast (in/into)

Ex: Which of the following subject analyses is cast in the citation order PMEST?.

= communicate, convey, couch, express, reflect, specify, voice, articulate, profess, phrase, word, give + voice to.

Ex: The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.

Ex: Statements conveying preferential relationships between terms indicate which terms are to be treated as equivalent to one another.

Ex: Now these requests are couched in a variety of ways which express differing approaches to information needs.

Ex: In a SDI service the user specifies his own individual interest in detail, and these are then expressed in terms of a user interest profile.

Ex: The schedules are divided into three main areas, as reflected in Figure 14.

Ex: In a SDI service the user specifies his own individual interest in detail, and these are then expressed in terms of a user interest profile.

Ex: The main criticism of the notation that has been voiced in that the notation for more specific subjects can be extremely long.

Ex: From time to time librarians do catch a fleeting glimpse of how others see them when some journalist or academic does articulate this widespread phobia.

Ex: As a result, books or other media professing alleged blasphemy, heresy, sedition, or immorality are liable to be banned.

Ex: The enquiry phrased in very broad terms almost always needs narrowing down.

Ex: Research questionnaires should therefore be worded carefully while avoiding the use of the broad term.

Ex: The agora has been resurrected in electronic form, giving voice to many.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* expresar afecto por = profess + affection for.

* expresar agradecimiento = express + thanks, express + appreciation.

* expresar amor por = profess + love for.

* expresar angustia = express + Posesivo + anguish.

* expresar aprecio = express + appreciation.

* expresar con palabras = verbalise [verbalize, -USA].

* expresar de otra manera = rephrase.

* expresar desacuerdo = register + disagreement.

* expresar dudas = express + doubts, express + misgivings, voice + misgivings, voice + reservations.

* expresar en términos = couch + in terms.

* expresar gratitud = express + thanks, express + gratitude.

* expresar ideas = express + thoughts, put over + ideas.

* expresar irritación = express + irritation.

* expresar la opinión = volunteer + view.

* expresar la opinión de uno = make + Posesivo + feelings known, put + viewpoint across.

* expresar la opinión de uno sobre = give + Posesivo + thoughts on.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* expresar los deseos de uno = make + Posesivo + wishes known.

* expresar los sentimientos = release + feelings.

* expresar los sentimientos con palabras = put + Posesivo + feelings into words.

* expresar miedo = express + fear.

* expresar opinión = express + view.

* expresar opinión (sobre) = express + opinion (on).

* expresar + Posesivo + opinión = find + Posesivo + (own) voice, find + voice, find + a voice.

* expresar + Posesivo + pensamientos = find + Posesivo + (own) voice, find + voice, find + a voice.

* expresar preocupación = voice + concern.

* expresar preocupación por = express + alarm at.

* expresar queja = voice + complaint.

* expresarse = proceed.

* expresarse en detalle = express + Reflexivo + at length.

* expresar (según) = cast (in/into).

* expresar sentimientos = echo + sentiments.

* expresar temor = voice + fear.

* expresar una opinión = voice + opinion.

* expresar una opinión sobre = state + opinion on, venture + opinion on.

* expresar una pregunta = couch + question.

* expresar verbalmente = verbalise [verbalize, -USA].

* no saber expresarse bien = inarticulateness.

* para expresar dimensiones = by.

* * *

expresar [A1 ]

vt

‹ideas/sentimientos› to express

expresó su descontento she voiced o expressed her dissatisfaction

permítame expresarle mi más sentido pésame ( frml); please accept my deepest sympathy ( frml)

por las razones que se expresan a continuación for the following reasons, for the reasons shown o given o stated o set out below

según los datos expresados más arriba according to the information given above o the above information

estaba expresado de otra manera it was expressed o phrased o worded differently

■ expresarse

v pron

to express oneself

perdón, no me he expresado bien I'm sorry, I haven't made myself very clear o I haven't expressed myself very clearly

* * *

expresar ( conjugate expresar) verbo transitivo
to express
expresarse verbo pronominal
to express oneself
expresar verbo transitivo to express: expresó ciertas dudas acerca de su capacidad, he expressed certain misgivings regarding his ability
' expresar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
año
- calificativo
- como
- estar
- formular
- no
- poder
- tener
- tierra
- venga
- dar
- hacer
- ir
- manifestar
- opinar
English:
articulate
- at
- embody
- few
- may
- nix
- profess
- put
- rephrase
- should
- sorrow
- venture
- verbalise
- verbalize
- argue
- convey
- express
- phrase
- voice

* * *

expresar

♦ vt

1. [manifestar] to express;

quisiera expresarles mi más sincero agradecimiento I would like to thank you most sincerely;

es una sensación rara, no sé cómo expresarlo it is an odd feeling, I don't know how to express it;

exprésalo de una manera más formal put it more formally;

tal y como queda expresado en los apartados dos y tres as stated in sections two and three

2. [mostrar] to show;

hechos que expresan por sí solos la hospitalidad de este pueblo incidents that speak for themselves about this people's hospitality

♦ See also the pronominal verb expresarse

* * *

expresar

v/t express

* * *

expresar vt

: to express

♦ See also the reflexive verb expresarse

* * *

expresar vb to express

Spanish-English dictionary > expresar
54 χάρις

χάρις, ιτος, ἡ (Hom.+) acc. quite predom. χάριν, but χάριτα Ac 24:27; 25:9 v.l.; Jd 4 and pl. χάριτας Ac 24:27 v.l.; 1 Cl 23:1 (Eur., Hel. 1378; Hdt. 6, 41; X., Hell. 3, 5, 16; ins, pap; Zech 4:7; 6:14; EpArist 272, pl. 230.—B-D-F §47, 3; W-S. §9, 7; Mayser 271f; Thackeray 150; Helbing 40f; Mlt-H. 132.—It seems that χάρις is not always clearly differentiated in mng. fr. χαρά; Apollodorus [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 90 Jac. says in the second book περὶ θεῶν: κληθῆναι δὲ αὐτὰς ἀπὸ μὲν τ. χαρᾶς Χάριτας• καὶ γὰρ πολλάκις … οἱ ποιηταὶ τ. χάριν χαρὰν καλοῦσιν ‘the [deities] Charites are so called from χαρά [joy], for poets freq. equate χάρις with χαρά’. Cp. the wordplay AcPl Ha 8, 7 χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος the house was filled with gaiety and gratitude.).

① a winning quality or attractiveness that invites a favorable reaction, graciousness, attractiveness, charm, winsomeness (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 2, 231) of human form and appearance παῖς λίαν εὐειδής ἐν χάριτι an exceptionally fine-looking and winsome youth AcPl Ha 3, 13. Of speech (Demosth. 51, 9; Ps.-Demetr. [I A.D.], Eloc. §127; 133; 135 al.; Eccl 10:12; Sir 21:16; Jos., Ant. 18, 208) οἱ λόγοι τῆς χάριτος (gen. of quality) the gracious words Lk 4:22. ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι let your conversation always be winsome Col 4:6 (cp. Plut., Mor. 514f; s. also HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 121f; Epict. 3, 22, 90). τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ χάριτος ἐπληροῦτο MPol 12:1 can also be placed here in case χάρις means nothing more than graciousness (s. 4 below); prob. also GJs 7:3 (s. 3b).

② a beneficent disposition toward someone, favor, grace, gracious care/help, goodwill (almost a t.t. in the reciprocity-oriented world dominated by Hellenic influence [cp. e.g. OGI 669, 29] as well as by the Semitic sense of social obligation expressed in the term חֶסֶד [NGlueck, Das Wort ḥesed in alttestamentlichen Sprachgebrauche etc. 1927]. Of a different order and spirit is the subset of reciprocity known as Roman patronage, in which superiority of the donor over the client is clearly maintained)

ⓐ act., that which one grants to another, the action of one who volunteers to do someth. not otherwise obligatory χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ (cp. τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Κλαυδίου χάριτι OGI 669, 29) Ac 11:2 D; 14:26. τοῦ κυρίου 15:40.—Esp. of the beneficent intention of God (cp. χ. in reference to God: Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1005 σοὶ θεόθεν χάρις ἔσσεται; Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 40 χ. τῶν θεῶν; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 320 D.; 53 p. 620; Sextus 436b; likew. in LXX, Philo, Joseph.; SibOr 4, 46=189; 5, 330; Ezk. Trag. 162 [Eus., PE 9, 29, 12].—χ. to denote beneficent dispensations of the emperor: OGI 669, 44 [I A.D.]; BGU 19 I, 21 [II A.D.] χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ Αὐτοκράτορος; 1085 II, 4) and of Christ, who give (undeserved) gifts to people; God: δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι Ro 3:24. Cp. 5:15a, 20f; 6:1; 11:5 (ἐκλογή 1), 6abc; Gal 1:15 (διά A 3e); Eph 1:6f (KKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 337 [reff. to Qumran lit.]); 2:5, 7, 8; cp. Pol 1:3; 2 Th 1:12; 2:16; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 2:11 (ἡ χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήριος; s. Dibelius, Hdb. exc. after Tit 2:14); 3:7; Hb 2:9 (χωρίς 2aα); 4:16a (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 100–103); 1 Cl 50:3; ISm 9:2; IPol 7:3. ἐν χάρ[ιτι θεοῦ] AcPl Ha 7, 23 (restoration uncertain). κατὰ χάριν as a favor, out of goodwill (cp. Pla., Leg. 740c; schol. on Soph., Oed. Col. 1751 p. 468 Papag.) Ro 4:4 (opp. κατὰ ὀφείλημα), 16.—The beneficence or favor of Christ: διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11. Cp. Ro 5:15b; 2 Cor 8:9; 1 Ti 1:14; IPhld 8:1. On Ac 2:47 in this sense s. TAnderson, NTS 34, ’88, 604–10.

ⓑ pass., that which one experiences fr. another (Arrian, Anab. Alex. 3, 26, 4) χάριν ἔχειν have favor 3J 4 v.l. πρός τινα with someone=win his respect Ac 2:47 (cp. 2a end; cp. Pind., O. 7, 89f χάριν καὶ ποτʼ ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων grant him respect in the presence of his townfolk as well as strangers); παρά τινι (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 89 §376) Hm 10, 3, 1, cp. 5, 1, 5. εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 77, end) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10; ἐνώπιόν τινος Ac 7:46; GJs 11:2 (JosAs 15:14). ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσι μετανοεῖν among those who are about to repent Hm 12, 3, 3. Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52 (an indication of exceptional ἀρετή, cp. Pind. above). Cp. Ac 4:33; 7:10 (ἐναντίον Φαραώ); Hb 4:16b.—ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; what credit is that to you? Lk 6:32–34; s. D 1:3; 2 Cl 13:4. Cp. 1 Cor 9:16 v.l. In these passages the mng. comes close to reward (s. Wetter [5 below] 209ff w. reff.).—Also by metonymy that which brings someone (God’s) favor or wins a favorable response fr. God 1 Pt 2:19, 20.

ⓒ In Christian epistolary lit. fr. the time of Paul χάρις is found w. the sense (divine) favor in fixed formulas at the beginning and end of letters (Zahn on Gal 1:3; vDobschütz on 1 Th 1:1; ELohmeyer, ZNW 26, 1927, 158ff; APujol, De Salutat. Apost. ‘Gratia vobis et pax’: Verb. Dom. 12, ’32, 38–40; 76–82; WFoerster, TW II ’34, 409ff; Goodsp., Probs. 141f. S. also the lit. s.v. χαίρω 2b). At the beginning of a letter χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη (sc. εἴη; New Docs 8, 127f) Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2; Phlm 3; Rv 1:4; without ὑμῖν Tit 1:4. χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 Pt 1:2; 2 Pt 1:2; 1 Cl ins. χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; 2J 3 (on the triplet cp. En 5:7 φῶς καὶ χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη).—At the end ἡ χάρις (τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ etc.) μεθʼ ὑμῶν (or μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν etc.) Ro 16:20, 23 (24) v.l.; 1 Cor 16:23; 2 Cor 13:13; Gal 6:18; Eph 6:24; Phil 4:23; Col 4:18; 1 Th 5:28; 2 Th 3:18; 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 4:22; Tit 3:15; Phlm 25; Hb 13:25; Rv 22:21; 1 Cl 65:2. ἔσται ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν Κύριον GJs 25:2. ὁ κύριος τῆς δόξης καὶ πάσης χάριτος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν B 21:9. χάρις ὑμῖν, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ὑπομονὴ διὰ παντός ISm 12:2. ἔρρωσθε ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 13:2.

③ practical application of goodwill, (a sign of) favor, gracious deed/gift, benefaction

ⓐ on the part of humans (X., Symp. 8, 36, Ages. 4, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 49 §213; Dionys. Hal. 2, 15, 4) χάριν (-ιτα) καταθέσθαι τινί (κατατίθημι 2) Ac 24:27; 25:9. αἰτεῖσθαι χάριν 25:3 (in these passages from Ac χ. suggests [political] favor, someth. one does for another within a reciprocity system. Cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 108 §506 ἐς χάριν Σύλλα=as a favor to Sulla; ApcSed 8:1 οὐκ ἐποίησάς μοι χάριν=you did me no favor). ἵνα δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε that you might have a second proof of my goodwill 2 Cor 1:15 (unless χάρις here means delight [so in poetry, Pind. et al., but also Pla., Isocr.; L-S-J-M s.v. χάρις IV; cp. also the quot. fr. Apollodorus at the beg. of the present entry, and the fact that χαρά is v.l. in 2 Cor 1:15]; in that case δευτέρα means double; but s. comm.). Of the collection for Jerusalem (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 42 §173 χάριτας λαμβάνειν=receive gifts) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 8:4, 6f, 19 (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 101). Cp. B 21:7.—Eph 4:29 may suggest a demonstration of human favor (cp. Plut., Mor. 514e χάριν παρασκευάζοντες ἀλλήλοις), but a ref. to the means by which divine grace is mediated is not to be ruled out (s. b below).

ⓑ on the part of God and Christ; the context will show whether the emphasis is upon the possession of divine favor as a source of blessings for the believer, or upon a store of favor that is dispensed, or a favored status (i.e. standing in God’s favor) that is brought about, or a gracious deed wrought by God in Christ, or a gracious work that grows fr. more to more (so in contrast to the old covenant Mel., P. 3, 16 al.). God is called ὁ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10, i.e. God, who is noted for any conceivable benefit or favor; cp. B 21:9.—χάριν διδόναι τινί show favor to someone (Anacr. 110 Diehl; Appian, Ital. 5 §10): τὸν δόντα αὐτῷ τὴν χάριν GJs 14:2. ταπεινοῖς δίδωσι χάριν (Pr 3:34) Js 4:6b; 1 Pt 5:5; 1 Cl 30:2; without a dat. Js 4:6a (Menand., Epitr. 231 S. [55 Kö.]). Perh. καὶ ἔβαλλε κύριος … χάριν ἐπʼ αὐτήν GJs 7:3 (but s. 1 above). The Logos is πλήρης χάριτος J 1:14. Those who belong to him receive of the fullness of his grace, χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος vs. 16 (ἀντί 2). Cp. vs. 17. τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν this favor (of God) we now enjoy Ro 5:2 (Goodsp.).—5:17; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 4:15 (divine beneficence in conversion); cp. Ac 11:23; 6:1; Gal 1:6 (by Christ’s gracious deed); 2:21; 5:4; Col 1:6; 2 Ti 2:1; Hb 12:15; 13:9; 1 Pt 1:10, 13; 3:7 (συνκληρονόμοι χάριτος ζωῆς fellow-heirs of the gift that spells life; s. ζωή 2bα); 5:12; 2 Pt 3:18; Jd 4; IPhld 11:1; ISm 6:2. Christians stand ὑπὸ χάριν under God’s gracious will as expressed in their release from legal constraint Ro 6:14f, or they come ὑπὸ τὸν ζυγὸν τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 16:17 (ζυγός 1). The proclamation of salvation is the message of divine beneficence τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 20:24 or ὁ λόγος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) 14:3; 20:32. Even the gospel message can be called ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ 13:43; cp. 18:27; MPol 2:3. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος the Spirit from or through whom (God’s) favor is shown Hb 10:29 (AArgyle, Grace and the Covenant: ET 60, ’48/49, 26f).—Pl. benefits, favors (Diod S 3, 2, 4; 3, 73, 6; Sb 8139, 4 [ins of I B.C.] of Isis; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 190) 1 Cl 23:1.—Nelson Glueck, Das Wort ḥesed etc. 1927, but s. FAndersen, ‘Yahweh, the Kind and Sensitive God’: God Who is Rich in Mercy, ed. PO’Brien/DPeterson ’86.

④ exceptional effect produced by generosity, favor. Of effects produced by divine beneficence which go beyond those associated with a specific Christian’s status (ins μεγάλαι χάριτες τοῦ θεου: FCumont, Syria 7, 1926, 347ff), in the congregations of Macedonia 2 Cor 8:1 and Corinth 9:14; cp. vs. 8; in Rome AcPl Ha 7, 8. The Christian confessor is in full possession of divine grace ISm 11:1. Paul knows that through the χάρις of God he has been called to be an apostle, and that he has been fitted out w. the powers and capabilities requisite for this office fr. the same source: Ro 1:5; 12:3; 15:15; 1 Cor 3:10; 15:10ab (for the subject matter cp. Polyb. 12, 12b, 3 αὐτὸν [Alex. the Great] ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου τετευχέναι τούτων ὧν ἔτυχεν=whatever he has received he has received from what is divine. [For this reason he does not deserve any divine honors.]); 2 Cor 12:9; Gal 2:9; Eph 3:2, 7f; Phil 1:7.—The χάρις of God manifests itself in various χαρίσματα: Ro 12:6; Eph 4:7; 1 Pt 4:10. This brings into view a number of passages in which χάρις is evidently to be understood in a very concrete sense. It is hardly to be differentiated fr. δύναμις (θεοῦ) or fr. γνῶσις or δόξα (q.v. 1b. On this subj. s. Wetter [5 below] p. 94ff; esp. 130ff; pap in the GLumbroso Festschr. 1925, 212ff: χάρις, δύναμις, πνεῦμα w. essentially the same mng.; PGM 4, 2438; 3165; Herm. Wr. 1, 32; Just., D. 87, 5 ἀπὸ χάριτος τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ πνεύματος). οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ ἀλλʼ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 2 Cor 1:12. οὐκ ἐγὼ δὲ ἀλλὰ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί 1 Cor 15:10c. αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ κυρίου 2 Pt 3:18; cp. 1 Cl 55:3; B 1:2 (τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάρις). Stephen is said to be πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως Ac 6:8. Divine power fills the Christian confessor or martyr w. a radiant glow MPol 12:1 (but s. 1 above). As the typical quality of the age to come, contrasted w. the κόσμος D 10:6.

⑤ response to generosity or beneficence, thanks, gratitude (a fundamental component in the Gr-Rom. reciprocity system; exx. fr. later times: Diod S 11, 71, 4 [χάριτες=proofs of gratitude]; Appian, Syr. 3, 12; 13. Cp. Wetter [below] p. 206f) χάριν ἔχειν τινί be grateful to someone (Eur., Hec. 767; X., An. 2, 5, 14; Pla., Phlb. 54d; Ath. 2, 1; PLips 104, 14 [I B.C.] χάριν σοι ἔχω) foll. by ὅτι (Epict. 3, 5, 10; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 270; 2, 49) Lk 17:9 (ERiggenbach, NKZ 34, 1923, 439–43); mostly of gratitude to God or Christ; χάρις in our lit. as a whole, in the sense gratitude, refers to appropriate respone to the Deity for benefits conferred (Hom., Pind., Thu. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 208) χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ (POxy 113, 13 [II A.D.] χάριν ἔχω θεοῖς πᾶσιν.—Epict. 4, 7, 9) 2 Ti 1:3; foll. by ὅτι because 1 Ti 1:12 (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 κἀγὼ χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ …, ὅτι; Jos., Ant. 4, 316); χάριν ἔχειν ἐπί τινι be grateful for someth. Phlm 7 v.l. (to humans). ἔχωμεν χάριν let us be thankful (to God) Hb 12:28 (the reason for it is given by the preceding ptc. παραλαμβάνοντες). Elliptically (B-D-F §128, 6; cp. Rob. 1201f) χάρις (ἔστω) τῷ θεῷ (X., Oec. 8, 16 πολλὴ χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς; Epict. 4, 4, 7 χάρις τῷ θεῳ; BGU 843, 6 [I/II A.D.] χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς al. in pap since III B.C..—Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 309) Ro 7:25; MPol 3:1. Foll. by ὅτι (X., An. 3, 3, 14 τοῖς θεοῖς χάρις ὅτι; PFay 124, 16 τοῖς θεοῖς ἐστιν χάρις ὅτι; Epict. 4, 5, 9) Ro 6:17. Foll. by ἐπί τινι for someth. (UPZ 108, 30 [99 B.C.]) 2 Cor 9:15. The reason for the thanks is given in the ptc. agreeing w. τῷ θεῷ 2:14; 8:16; 1 Cor 15:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 6, 145; Philo, Somn. 2, 213). Thankfulness (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51 πρός τινα=toward someone) χάριτι in thankfulness 10:30. So prob. also ἐν τῇ χάριτι in a thankful spirit Col 3:16 (Dibelius, Hdb. ad loc.). πλησθῆναι χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος AcPl Ha 8, 7. S. εὐχαριστέω, end. Also PSchubert, Form and Function of the Pauline Thanksgivings ’39.—OLoew, Χάρις, diss., Marburg 1908; GWetter, Charis 1913; AvHarnack, Sanftmut, Huld u. Demut in der alten Kirche: JKaftan Festschr. 1920, 113ff; NBonwetsch, Zur Geschichte des Begriffs Gnade in der alten Kirche: Harnack Festgabe 1921, 93–101; EBurton, Gal ICC 1921, 423f; WWhitley, The Doctrine of Grace ’32; JMoffatt, Grace in the NT ’31; RWinkler, D. Gnade im NT: ZST 10, ’33, 642–80; RHomann, D. Gnade in d. Syn. Ev.: ibid. 328–48; JWobbe, D. Charisgedanke b. Pls ’32; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 283–310 (Paul); HBoers, Ἀγάπη and Χάρις in Paul’s Thought: CBQ 59, ’97, 693–713; on 2 Cor 8: FDanker, Augsburg Comm. 2 Cor, 116–34; PRousselot, La Grâce d’après St. Jean et d’après St. Paul: SR 18, 1928, 87–108, Christent. u. Wissensch. 8, ’32, 402–30; JMontgomery, Hebrew Hesed and Gk. Charis: HTR 32, ’39, 97–102; Dodd 61f; TTorrance, The Doctrine of Grace in the Apost. Fathers, ’48; JRenié, Studia Anselmiana 27f, ’51, 340–50; CRSmith, The Bible Doctrine of Grace, ’56; EFlack, The Concept of Grace in Bibl. Thought: Bibl. Studies in Memory of HAlleman, ed. Myers, ’60, 137–54; DDoughty, NTS 19, ’73, 163–80.—B. 1166. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > χάρις
55 en pocas palabras

= simply put, in brief, to say the least, to put it (quite) simply, in short, to cut a long story short, bottom line, the, put simply, to make a long story short, the short story + be, simply stated

Ex. Simply put, it just doesn't pay to digitise information that few can use, and even fewer will pay for.

Ex. Methods and results of the investigation are presented in brief.

Ex. To say the least, weeding is taken seriously as an important component of library life.

Ex. To put it quite simply, the building is a cut above the rest with facilities fitted to the highest standards.

Ex. In short, the work and approach of the chief librarian is crucial to the success of the library he serves.

Ex. To cut a long story short, just as they were nearing the weir the engine stopped working and they had to jump into the water.

Ex. Drama is, bottom line, seen as a fluff subject by many people.

Ex. Put simply, asymmetric threats are a version of not 'fighting fair,' which can include the use of surprise and weapons in ways unplanned by a nation.

Ex. 'Anyway, to make a long story short, Huish said he knows Lisa has been a little flighty at times'.

Ex. I'll spare you all the details, but the short story is that he looked her up last year when he was travelling in Scandinavia, and was delighted to find her.

Ex. Simply stated, no, it is not improper to pour wine into your guest s wine glass if it still contains wine.

* * *

= simply put, in brief, to say the least, to put it (quite) simply, in short, to cut a long story short, bottom line, the, put simply, to make a long story short, the short story + be, simply stated

Ex: Simply put, it just doesn't pay to digitise information that few can use, and even fewer will pay for.

Ex: Methods and results of the investigation are presented in brief.

Ex: To say the least, weeding is taken seriously as an important component of library life.

Ex: To put it quite simply, the building is a cut above the rest with facilities fitted to the highest standards.

Ex: In short, the work and approach of the chief librarian is crucial to the success of the library he serves.

Ex: To cut a long story short, just as they were nearing the weir the engine stopped working and they had to jump into the water.

Ex: Drama is, bottom line, seen as a fluff subject by many people.

Ex: Put simply, asymmetric threats are a version of not 'fighting fair,' which can include the use of surprise and weapons in ways unplanned by a nation.

Ex: 'Anyway, to make a long story short, Huish said he knows Lisa has been a little flighty at times'.

Ex: I'll spare you all the details, but the short story is that he looked her up last year when he was travelling in Scandinavia, and was delighted to find her.

Ex: Simply stated, no, it is not improper to pour wine into your guest s wine glass if it still contains wine.

Spanish-English dictionary > en pocas palabras
56 KVEÐA

(kveð; kvað, kváðum; kveðinn), v.

1) to say, utter;

hann kvað eigi orð, he did not utter a word;

kveða gleði-orð, to say a cheerful word;

with infin., hann kvað þat satt vera, he said it was true;

kveða at orði, to express oneself, say, speak;

2) to (compose and) say aloud (hann kvað vísu);

to recite, repeat (S. bað hann þá kveða kvæðit þat, er hann hafði ort);

3) with preps.:

kveða at, to say, state;

gramm. to pronounce, sound;

kveða e-t at e-m, to inflict on;

mikill harmr er at oss kveðinn, great grief has been sent on us;

kveða á, to fix, determine (kveða á stefnudag);

impers. to state;

kveðr þar skýrt á þetta, it is there expressly stated;

to cancel, object to (kveða á gögn, to cancel the evidence) to make up one’s mind, resolve;

kveða e-t upp, to recite, declare (þat skulu lög vera, sem hann kveðr upp);

kveða við, to reply, answer (hitki hann veit, hvat hann skal við kveða, ef);

to utter a cry, etc. (hundrinn kvað við hátt);

to sound (því næst kvað lúðr við);

4) refl., kveðast, to say of oneself;

þeir er biskupar kváðust vera, who said they were bishops;

hann kveðst eigi ríða mundu, he said he would not ride;

impers., mér kveðsk = ek kveð mér;

Kára kvaðsk (= Kári kvað sér) önnur ferð betri þykkja, K. said he thought another course preferable;

kveðast at, to exchange verses or songs.

* * *

sing. kveðr, pret. kvað, 2nd pers. kvatt, kvattú, Fms. vi. 386, pl. kváðu, kvóðu, and kóðu, Ls. 24, Hom. 12, Ó. H. 48, Fms. viii. 71, xi. 107; pret. subj. kvæði; imperat. kveð, kveð-þú, kvettú, vi. 361, mod. kveddu; with neg. suff., pres. kveðk-a-ek, I say not, Ýt. 7: [Ulf. qiþan = λέγειν, εἰπειν, ἐρειν; A. S. cweðan; Engl. quoth; O. H. G. quedan; Swed. quäda; Dan. kvæde; cp. Lat. in-quit]:—to say; né því er kveðr kona, nor what a woman says, Hm. 83; at þú Frey kveðir úleiðastarr lifa, Skm. 19; kveða ( dicunt) Heimdal valda véum, Gm. 13: in an epic sense, to say, orð kvað þá Vingi, Am. 37, 38; Glaumvör kvað at orði, 30, 32; ok hann þat orða, alls fyrst um kvað = Homer’s καί μιν φωνήσας …, Þkv. 2, 3, 9, 12; or, þá kvað þat Heimdalr; Þá kvað þat Þórr; þá kvað þat Þrymr, 15, 17, 18, 20, 22, 25, 30; Egill fékk úgleði mikla svá at hann kvað eigi orð, Eg. 518; k. gleði-orð, to say a cheerful word, Vígl. 89 new Ed.; þeir kvóðu ekki gott orð at honum, 655 vii. 3; er hann hafði þat mælt, þá kvað hann úti annat orð, Fms. xi. 16; hverr þessa stafa, ef hann verðr í nef kveðinn, if he is nasal in sound, Skálda 162; lýsingar-váttar Marðar kváðu svá at orði, Nj. 233; til báls ok til brands kveðr at fornu máli, as it is said in old saws, N. G. L. i. 50; Rannveig kvað vel at hann færi útan, Nj. 111:—with infin., hón kvad þar eigi kvenna-vist, Fms. vii. 274; kveðum þá mæla ( let them speak) á várar tungur, 656 C. 6: the pret. kvað (proncd. kvu) as adv. or absol., ‘tis said, they say, það kvað (kvu) vera, they say so.

2. with prep.; kveða at, adverb. so to say; svá mátti at kveða, id., Fms. xi. 72; er svá mun mega at k. at líf manna lægi við, Nj. 78; kveðr svá at, it is so said, Ver. 83; þá er svá at kveðit, 3; lögsögumaðr skal ráða ok at kveða ( determine) hvar hvergi dómr skal sitja, Grág. i. 27: gramm. to pronounce, sound, Skálda 165; mikill harmr er at oss kveðinn, mickle harm is doomed us, Nj. 201; mikit er at Kjartani kveðit (there’s mickle said against K., i. e. he is a doomed man), ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190: það kveðr mikið (lítið) að e-u, to be of great ( small) influence or importance:—kveða á, to fix, determine, Grág. i. 35, 39, Nj. 90, Ld. 74; var kveðit á brullaups-stefnu, Nj. 40; var gört um málit ok kveðit á fégjöld, 111, Fs. 68: to state, kveðr þar skýrt á þetta, it is expressly stated there, Ld. 334: a law term, to cancel, object to, kveða á gögn, to cancel the evidence, Grág. i. 67, 106: to fix, make up one’s mind, resolve, 100, Nj. 3, 252: part. ákveðinn, fixed, appointed, 256: fated, eigi má saka þik um þetta, segir Njáll, þvíat slíkt er mjök ákveðit, 166: ákveðin orð, an agreement, stipulation, Hkr. ii. 372; með ákveðnum orðum, in express words, Grett. 89; vant er mér þat at skýra með ákveðnum orðum, Sks. 660; með ákveðnu, id., K. Á. 208; mun ek ákveðit göra, hverir þar skulu vera, Ísl. ii. 346: ákveðin orð, pointed, libellous words, Bjarn. 57:—kveða við, to reply, Hm. 26:—k. upp, to pronounce, make known, Gísl. 10, Fms. vii. 88.

II. to sing; hón bað Þorstein kveða nokkut, Grett. 159; skemti Stúfr ok kvað flokk einn, ok er lokit var bað konungr hann enn k.—Hversu mörg hefir þú nú kvæðin kveðit? … hví kveðr þú flokka eina? Fms. vi. 391; skyldi ok engi kveða vísurnar, Nj. 71; Egill orti alla drápuna, ok hafði fest svá at hann mátti kveða um morguninn, Eg. 421; k. kvæði, Ísl. ii. 232; þótt hann kveði út kvæði þetta, Fms. v. 175; konungr mælti, tel þú oss kvæði nokkut,—Þormóðr settisk upp ok kvað hátt mjök, svá at heyrði um allan herinn, hann kvað Bjarka-mál en fornu, Ó. H. 207; harm hóf upp kvæðit ok kvað hátt, Eg. 427; slógu þá konur hring umhverfis hjallinn, en Þorbjörg sat uppi á seiðhjallinum, kvað Guðríðr þá kvæðit svá fagrt ok vel, at engi þóttisk heyrt hafa með fegri rödd kvæði kveðit, Þorf. Karl. 378: in mod. usage kveða is used of the rhapsodic delivery of a ballad (ríma), half reciting half singing, thus Icel. say, kveða rímur, to recite a ballad, as also kveða vel, to recite, sing well; hann er góðr kvæða-maðr, he is a good ballad-singer, but never of a hymn or full melody; þeir riðu um bygðina kveðandi um daginn, Fms. xi. 376; þá ferr hann með fjölkyngi, ef hann kveðr þat eða kennir, K. Þ. K.; nú eru Háva-mál kveðin, Háva höllu í, Hm. 165; ok Austmarr jöfri Sænskum gýmis ljóð at gamni kveðr, Ýt. 18; þar sat kona við kvern ok kvað forkunnar fagrt, Fms. vii. 233.

2. to make a verse; kvettú nú, Þjóðólfr, um deild þeirra, … Þjóðólfr kvað (and the verse follows), Fms. vi. 361; kveða vísu, to make a ditty, Fms., Nj. passim; kvæðit var mjök kveðit, Fms. v. 173; þessi vísa var ílla ort ok skal ek kveða aðra betri, hann kvað, vi. 416; heyr þjóðskáldit! kvattú svá, gröm, skömm? ekki eru þær hendingar jafnhávar, 386:—kveða á e-n, to challenge one in a song; kalla þær sé kveðit sik á | af kærleiks elsku-fundum, Skíða R. 3.

3. kveða við, to scream; kvað sá við í því er kesjan stóð á honum miðjum, Fms. viii. 354; hundrinn kvað við hátt, Nj. 114: to sound, því næst kvað lúðr við, the trumpet sounded, Fms. vi. 16, vii. 288; þeir létu kveða við lúðra sína, ix. 527; í því kvað við klokka, Fb. i. 417, Fms. iii. 60, ix. 510.

III. reflex. to say of oneself; þeir er biskupar kváðusk vera, who said they were bishops, Íb. 13; hann kveðsk eigi ríða mundu, Nj. 12; Njáll kvaðsk með því einu fara myndu, 105; þeir kváðusk eigi vita hverju gegndi, Fms. vii. 272; þeir er sét kveðask hafa seglin, 322; þeir kóðusk koma mundu, xi. 107; hann kvaðsk þess albúinn, Nj. 100; Óttarr kvaðsk eigi vara, at …, Fs. 87.

2. also impers., mér kveðsk = eg kveð mér; er þér kveðsk þá þykkja gott at deyja, Fms. xi. 153; hafði hann fátt um í fyrstu, en kvaðsk þetta (= kvað sér þetta) þó vel líka, ix. 291; Kára kvaðsk (i. e. Kári kvað sér) önnur ferð betri þykkja, K. said he would like better to take another course, Nj. 139; herfiligt kveðsk honum þykkja at hokra þar fyrir stokkum eða steinum, Fas. ii. 505; Glúmi kveðsk því betr þykkja, Rd. 286; kvaðsk þeim horfin-heilla at þykkja, Fms. vii. 272; honum kveðsk vel á lítask, vi. 99; þeim kvaðsk þykkja sér vandalaust, 107; Vigdísi kvaðsk eigi vera um lygi, Ld. 44; honum kvaðsk meira um at halda fram, Fb. iii. 447; honum kvaðsk svá hugr um segja, Sturl.

3. kveðask at, recipr. to exchange songs, a game played at a wake or dance; sá leikr var mönnum tíðr, at kveðask skyldu at, karlmaðr at konu, ok kona at karlmanni, Bs. i. 165: in mod. usage, kveðast á, to cap verses, each party in turn replying in a verse beginning with the letter with which the preceding one ends; Komdú nú að kveðast á | kvæðin okkar stór og smá, a ditty, cp. kveða á II. 2. above.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > KVEÐA
57 del

del

► contracción

1 (de + el)→ link=de de

* * *

= de + el; ver de

* * *

contraction of de and el

* * *

----

* del año catapún = from the year dot.

* del año de la nada = from the year dot.

* del año de la pera = from the year dot.

* del año de la pera, del año de la nada, del año de la polca, del año catapún = from the year dot.

* del año de la polca = from the year dot.

* del año de Maricastaña = from the year dot.

* del año maricastaño = from the year dot.

* del atrio = atrial.

* del automóvil = automotive.

* del ayer = of yesteryear, gone by.

* del ayuntamiento = local authority-run.

* del Caribe = Caribbean.

* del centro = middle.

* del Cercano Oriente = Near-Eastern.

* del cine = cinematic.

* del coito = coital.

* del congreso = congressional.

* del convento = conventual.

* del cráneo = cranial.

* del cuello del útero = cervical.

* del cuerpo = body.

* del día o de la noche = day or night.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.

* del documento específico = document-related.

* del ecuador = equatorial.

* del editor = editorial.

* del entorno = ambient, environmental.

* del esófago = oesophageal [esophageal, -USA].

* del este = eastern.

* del este asiático = East Asian.

* del estilo de los directorios = directory-type.

* del estroptococo = streptococcal.

* del experimento = experimental.

* del + Expresión Temporal = a + Expresión Temporal.

* del Extremo Oriente = Far Eastern.

* del extremo sur = southernmost.

* del futuro = of the years to come, yet to come.

* del gobernador = gubernatorial.

* del gobierno = government-owned, government-operated, government-run.

* del grosor de un pelo = hairline.

* del intelecto = noetic.

* del interior = inland.

* del lomo = spinal.

* del mar = sea-going.

* del matrimonio = marital.

* del medio = middle.

* del medio ambiente = environmental.

* del Medio Oriente = Middle Eastern.

* del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* del milenio = millenarian.

* del miocardio = myocardial.

* del mismo calibre que = in a class with.

* del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.

* del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.

* del mismo + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* del mismo sexo = same-sex.

* del mismo tipo que las oficinas = office-type.

* del momento = of the time(s).

* del montón = a dime a dozen.

* del mundo real = real-world.

* del municipio = municipal.

* del nordeste = northeastern [north eastern].

* del noroeste = northwestern [north western], northwest, north-western, north-western.

* del norte = northern, Hyperborean.

* del oeste = westerly.

* del orden de = by the order of + Expresión Numérica.

* del Oriente Medio = Middle Eastern.

* del Oriente Próximo = Near-Eastern.

* del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* del otro modo = the other way (a)round.

* del Pacífico = pacific.

* del paludismo = malarial.

* del páncreas = pancreatic.

* del pasado = has-been, of the past, bygone, of yesteryear, gone by.

* del pene = penile.

* del período = menstrual.

* del profesorado = faculty.

* del público asistente = from the floor.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* del recién nacido = neonatal.

* del regimiento = regimental.

* del siglo diecinueve = nineteenth-century.

* del siglo diecisiete = seventeenth-century.

* del sudeste = southeastern [south eastern].

* del sudoeste = southwestern [south western].

* del sur = southern.

* del sur de Europa = Southern European.

* del sureste = southeastern [south eastern].

* del suroeste = southwestern [south western].

* del tamaño del bolsillo = pocket sized.

* del tamaño de una cartera = briefcase-sized.

* del tamaño de un maletín = briefcase-sized.

* del tesauro = thesaural.

* del tiempo = room temperature.

* del todo = all the way.

* del tutor = tutorial.

* del útero = uterine.

* ser del orden de + Número = be of the order of + Número.

* * *

contraction of de and el

* * *

* del año catapún = from the year dot.

* del año de la nada = from the year dot.

* del año de la pera = from the year dot.

* del año de la pera, del año de la nada, del año de la polca, del año catapún = from the year dot.

* del año de la polca = from the year dot.

* del año de Maricastaña = from the year dot.

* del año maricastaño = from the year dot.

* del atrio = atrial.

* del automóvil = automotive.

* del ayer = of yesteryear, gone by.

* del ayuntamiento = local authority-run.

* del Caribe = Caribbean.

* del centro = middle.

* del Cercano Oriente = Near-Eastern.

* del cine = cinematic.

* del coito = coital.

* del congreso = congressional.

* del convento = conventual.

* del cráneo = cranial.

* del cuello del útero = cervical.

* del cuerpo = body.

* del día o de la noche = day or night.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.

* del documento específico = document-related.

* del ecuador = equatorial.

* del editor = editorial.

* del entorno = ambient, environmental.

* del esófago = oesophageal [esophageal, -USA].

* del este = eastern.

* del este asiático = East Asian.

* del estilo de los directorios = directory-type.

* del estroptococo = streptococcal.

* del experimento = experimental.

* del + Expresión Temporal = a + Expresión Temporal.

* del Extremo Oriente = Far Eastern.

* del extremo sur = southernmost.

* del futuro = of the years to come, yet to come.

* del gobernador = gubernatorial.

* del gobierno = government-owned, government-operated, government-run.

* del grosor de un pelo = hairline.

* del intelecto = noetic.

* del interior = inland.

* del lomo = spinal.

* del mar = sea-going.

* del matrimonio = marital.

* del medio = middle.

* del medio ambiente = environmental.

* del Medio Oriente = Middle Eastern.

* del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* del milenio = millenarian.

* del miocardio = myocardial.

* del mismo calibre que = in a class with.

* del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.

* del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.

* del mismo + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* del mismo sexo = same-sex.

* del mismo tipo que las oficinas = office-type.

* del momento = of the time(s).

* del montón = a dime a dozen.

* del mundo real = real-world.

* del municipio = municipal.

* del nordeste = northeastern [north eastern].

* del noroeste = northwestern [north western], northwest, north-western, north-western.

* del norte = northern, Hyperborean.

* del oeste = westerly.

* del orden de = by the order of + Expresión Numérica.

* del Oriente Medio = Middle Eastern.

* del Oriente Próximo = Near-Eastern.

* del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* del otro modo = the other way (a)round.

* del Pacífico = pacific.

* del paludismo = malarial.

* del páncreas = pancreatic.

* del pasado = has-been, of the past, bygone, of yesteryear, gone by.

* del pene = penile.

* del período = menstrual.

* del profesorado = faculty.

* del público asistente = from the floor.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* del recién nacido = neonatal.

* del regimiento = regimental.

* del siglo diecinueve = nineteenth-century.

* del siglo diecisiete = seventeenth-century.

* del sudeste = southeastern [south eastern].

* del sudoeste = southwestern [south western].

* del sur = southern.

* del sur de Europa = Southern European.

* del sureste = southeastern [south eastern].

* del suroeste = southwestern [south western].

* del tamaño del bolsillo = pocket sized.

* del tamaño de una cartera = briefcase-sized.

* del tamaño de un maletín = briefcase-sized.

* del tesauro = thesaural.

* del tiempo = room temperature.

* del todo = all the way.

* del tutor = tutorial.

* del útero = uterine.

* ser del orden de + Número = be of the order of + Número.

* * *

del

contraction of de and el, [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ] [ used instead of de + el, except when the article is part of a proper name, e.g.

los habitantes de El Cairo, un artículo de El País

]

* * *

del: contraction of
◊ de and el

del contracción de + el

' del' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarquillarse
- abisal
- abismo
- abogada
- abogado
- abono
- abotargarse
- abstención
- abstraerse
- abusar
- accionariado
- achacar
- ácida
- ácido
- aclarado
- aclararse
- acometida
- acopiar
- acordonar
- acosar
- actual
- acusar
- adivinarse
- adormecerse
- aglomerarse
- ala
- albedrío
- alcance
- alineación
- alpina
- alpino
- alquilar
- alquiler
- alta
- alteración
- alto
- altura
- amaraje
- América
- ancha
- ancho
- anegarse
- anexa
- anexo
- angular
- añorar
- anquilosar
- antesala
- anticiclónica
- anticiclónico
English:
AA
- ABC
- abortion
- above
- abroad
- abuse
- academy
- acclaim
- accomplishment
- account for
- acknowledge
- acquire
- across
- addicted
- advanced
- advocate
- after
- aftershave (lotion)
- agenda
- agent
- agree
- airport
- alarm
- alike
- allocate
- along
- alongside
- also
- altogether
- always
- ambulatory
- America
- amid
- amulet
- anarchy
- and
- ankle bone
- answering service
- antiaging
- anticlockwise
- apart
- apologetic
- appeal
- appreciate
- apprehend
- approachable
- Aquarius
- area
- argue
- Aries

* * *

del ver de

* * *

del

prp de y art el

Spanish-English dictionary > del
58 οἰκονομία

οἰκονομία, ας, ἡ (οἰκονομέω; X., Pla.+; ins., pap; Is 22:19, 21; TestJob, ParJer, Philo, Joseph.)

① responsibility of management, management of a household, direction, office (X., Oec. 1, 1; Herodian 6, 1, 1; Jos., Ant. 2, 89; PTebt 27, 21 [114 B.C.]; PLond III, 904, 25 p. 125 [104 A.D.]; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 57, 22).

ⓐ lit., of the work of an οἰκονόμος ‘estate manager’ Lk 16:2–4 (this passage shows that it is not always poss. to draw a sharp distinction betw. the office itself and the activities associated w. it).—WPöhlmann, Der verlorene Sohn u. das Haus ’93.

ⓑ Paul applies the idea of administration to the office of an apostle οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι I have been entrusted with a commission/task 1 Cor 9:17 (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 11 [p. 82, 8]); ἀνθρωπίνων οἰκονομίαν μυστηρίων πεπίστευνται they have been entrusted with the administration of merely human mysteries Dg 7:1. Of a supervisor (bishop): ὸ̔ν πέμπει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης εἰς ἰδίαν οἰκ. (οἰκ. ἰδίου οἴκου) the one whom the master of the house sent to administer his own household IEph 6:1. This is prob. also the place for κατὰ τὴν οἰκ. τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς according to the divine office which has been granted to me for you Col 1:25, as well as ἠκούσατε τὴν οἰκονομίαν τ. χάριτος τ. θεοῦ τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς you have heard of the administration of God’s grace that was granted to me for you Eph 3:2 (on the other hand, this latter vs. may be parallel to the usage in vs. 9; s. 2b below).

② state of being arranged, arrangement, order, plan (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 25; Polyb. 4, 67, 9; 10, 16, 2; Diod S 1, 81, 3)

ⓐ ἡ τῆς σαρκὸς οἰκονομία of the arrangement or structure of the parts of the body beneath the skin; they are laid bare by scourging MPol 2:2.—(Iren. 5, 3, 2 [Harv. II, 326, 3]).

ⓑ of God’s unique plan private plan, plan of salvation, i.e. arrangements for redemption of humans (in the pap of arrangements and directions of authorities: UPZ 162 IX, 2 [117 B.C.]; CPR 11, 26, and in PGM [e.g. 4, 293] of the measures by which one wishes to attain some goal by extrahuman help.—Just., D. 31, 1 τοῦ πάθους … οἰκ.; Hippol., Did.) ἡ οἰκ. τοῦ μυστηρίου the plan of the mystery Eph 3:9 (v.l. κοινωνία; on the thought cp. vs. 2 and s. JReumann, NovT 3, ’59, 282–92.—Just., D. 134, 2 οἰκονομίαι … μυστηρίων). Also in the linguistically difficult passage 1:10 οἰκ. certainly refers to the plan of salvation which God is bringing to reality through Christ, in the fullness of the times. κατʼ οἰκονομίαν θεοῦ according to God’s plan of redemption IEph 18:2 (cp. Ath. 21, 4 κατὰ θείαν οἰκ.—Pl.: Iren. 1, 10, 1 [Harv. I 90, 8]) προσδηλώσω ὑμῖν ἧς ἠρξάμην οἰκονομίας εἰς τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν I will explain to you further the divine plan which I began (to discuss), with reference to the new human being Jesus Christ IEph 20:1. AcPl Ha 3, 23 of God’s marvelous plan = way of doing things; 6, 26 ο̣ἰ̣κο̣ν̣[ομίαν πληρῶσω κτλ.] (so that I might carry out God’s) plan for me; pl. 5, 27 [ὡς καὶ ἐκεῖ τὰς τοῦ κυρίου οἰκο]νομίας πληρῶσε (=πληρῶσαι) [Paul has gone off to carry out God’s] purpose [also there] (in Macedonia) (apparently a ref. to the various missionary assignments given by God to Paul; for the formulation cp. τὴν οἰκ. τελέσας Orig., C. Cels. 2, 65, 4).

ⓒ also of God’s arrangements in nature pl. αἱ οἰκ. θεοῦ Dg 4:5 (cp. Tat. 12, 2; 18, 2 ὕλης οἰκ.; Did., Gen. 92, 6 πάντα ὑπὸ τὴν αὐτοῦ οἰκ. ἐστίν.—Of the order in creation Theoph. Ant. 2, 12 [p. 130, 2]).

③ program of instruction, training (in the way of salvation); this mng. (found also Clem. Alex., Paed. 1, 8, 69, 3; 70, 1 p. 130 St.) seems to fit best in 1 Ti 1:4, where it is said of the erroneous teachings of certain persons ἐκζητήσεις παρέχουσιν μᾶλλον ἢ οἰκονομίαν θεοῦ τὴν ἐν πίστει they promote useless speculations rather than divine training that is in faith (οἰκοδομήν and οἰκοδομίαν [q.v.] as vv.ll. are simply ‘corrections’ to alleviate the difficulty). If οἰκ. is to be taken in the sense of 1b above, the thought of the verse would be somewhat as follows: ‘endless speculative inquiry merely brings about contention instead of the realization of God’s purpose which has to do with faith.’—OLillger, Das patristische Wort, diss. Erlangen ’55; JReumann, The Use of ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΑ and Related Terms etc., diss. U. of Pennsylvania ’57.—DELG s.v. νέμω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > οἰκονομία
59 קדש

קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

Jewish literature > קדש
60 קָדַש

קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

Jewish literature > קָדַש

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

above — /əˈbʌv / (say uh buv) adverb 1. in or to a higher place; overhead: the blue sky above. 2. higher in rank or power: appeal to the courts above. 3. before in order, especially in a book or writing: from what has been said above. 4. in heaven.… …
Said faiq — is Professor of Translation Intercultural Studies. He has worked in Africa, the Middle East and Europe practicing in translation and intercultural briefing for 16 years. Currently, Said is employed at the American University of Sharjah in United… … Wikipedia
Above (Mad Season album) — For the Pillar album of the same name, see Above (Pillar album). For the Samael album of the same name, see Above (Samael album). Above Studio album by … Wikipedia
Above (album) — Infobox Album Name = Above Type = studio Artist = Mad Season Released = March 14, 1995 Recorded = 1994 at Bad Animals Studio, Seattle, Washington Length = 55:36 Label = Columbia Producer = Mad Season, Brett Eliason Reviews = *Allmusic rating|3|5… … Wikipedia
above — /euh buv /, adv. 1. in, at, or to a higher place. 2. overhead, upstairs, or in the sky: My brother lives in the apartment above. A flock of birds circled above. 3. higher in rank, authority, or power: She was told to speak to the person above. 4 … Universalium
above — a•bove [[t]əˈbʌv[/t]] adv. 1) in, at, or to a higher place 2) overhead or in the sky: A flock of birds circled above[/ex] 3) upstairs: the apartment above[/ex] 4) higher in rank, authority, or power: the officer above[/ex] 5) higher in quantity… … From formal English to slang
all of the above — This idiom can be used to mean everything that has been said or written, especially all the choices or possibilities … The small dictionary of idiomes
all of the above — This idiom can be used to mean everything that has been said or written, especially all the choices or possibilities. (Dorking School Dictionary) … English Idioms & idiomatic expressions
above — [[t]əbʌ̱v[/t]] ♦♦ 1) PREP If one thing is above another one, it is directly over it or higher than it. He lifted his hands above his head... Apartment 46 was a quiet apartment, unlike the one above it... He was staring into the mirror above him.… … English dictionary
Edward Said — Infobox Philosopher region = Western Philosophy era = 20th century philosophy color = #B0C4DE name = Edward Saïd caption = Edward Wadie Said birth = birth date|1935|11|1 Jerusalem, British Mandate of Palestine death = death date and… … Wikipedia
Hakim Said — Sir Hakim Said 20th Governor of Sindh Province In office July 19, 1993 – January 23, 1994 Pres … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

as+has+been+said+above

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

as+has+been+said+above

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: